wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 209 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 210 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 211 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 212 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 213 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 214 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 215 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 216 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 217 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 218 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 219 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 220 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 227 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 228 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 229 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 230 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 231 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 232 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 233 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 234 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 235 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 236 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 237 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 238 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 239 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 240 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 241 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 242 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 243 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 244 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 245 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 246 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 247 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 248 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 249 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 250 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 251 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 252 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 253 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 254 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 255 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 256 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 257 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 258 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 259 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 260 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 261 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 262 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 263 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 268 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 269 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 270 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 271 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 272 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 273 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 274 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 275 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 276 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 277 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 278 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 279 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 280 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 281 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 282 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 283 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 284 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 285 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 286 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 287 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 291 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 298 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 299 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 300 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 301 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 302 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 303 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 304 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 305 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 306 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 307 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 308 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 309 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 310 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 311 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 312 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 313 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 314 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 315 UP = _core_.UP
 316 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 317 TOP = _core_.TOP
 318 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 319 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 320 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 321 WEST = _core_.WEST
 322 EAST = _core_.EAST
 323 ALL = _core_.ALL
 324 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 328 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 329 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 330 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 334 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 335 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 336 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 337 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 338 GROW = _core_.GROW
 339 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 340 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 341 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 342 TILE = _core_.TILE
 343 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 344 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 345 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 346 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 347 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 348 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 349 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 350 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 351 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 355 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 356 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 357 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 358 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 359 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 360 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 361 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 362 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 363 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 364 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 365 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 366 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 367 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 368 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 369 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 370 DOT = _core_.DOT
 371 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 372 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 373 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 374 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 375 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 376 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 377 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 382 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 384 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 385 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 386 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 387 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 388 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 389 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 390 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 391 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 392 XOR = _core_.XOR
 393 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 394 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 395 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 396 COPY = _core_.COPY
 397 AND = _core_.AND
 398 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 399 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 400 NOR = _core_.NOR
 401 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 402 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 403 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 404 NAND = _core_.NAND
 405 OR = _core_.OR
 406 SET = _core_.SET
 407 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 408 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 409 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 410 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 411 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 412 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 413 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 414 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 415 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 416 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 417 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 418 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 419 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 420 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 421 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 422 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 423 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 424 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 425 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 426 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 427 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 428 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 429 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 430 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 431 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 432 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 433 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 434 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 435 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 436 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 437 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 438 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 439 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 440 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 441 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 442 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 443 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 444 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 445 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 446 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 447 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 448 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 449 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 450 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 451 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 452 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 453 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 454 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 455 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 456 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 457 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 458 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 459 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 460 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 461 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 462 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 463 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 464 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 465 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 466 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 467 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 468 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 469 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 470 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 471 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 472 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 473 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 474 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 475 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 476 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 477 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 478 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 479 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 480 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 481 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 482 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 513 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 514 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 515 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 516 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 517 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 518 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 519 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 520 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 521 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 522 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 523 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 524 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 525 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 526 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 527 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 528 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 529 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 530 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 531 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 532 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 533 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 534 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 535 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 536 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 537 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 538 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 539 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 540 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 542 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 543 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 544 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 546 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 547 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 548 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 549 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 550 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 551 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 552 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 553 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 554 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 555 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 556 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 557 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 558 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 559 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 560 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 561 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 562 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 563 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 564 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 565 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 566 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 567 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 568 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 569 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 578 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 579 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 580 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 590 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 592 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 602 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 626 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 627 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 628 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 629 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 630 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 631 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 632 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 633 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 634 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 635 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 636 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 637 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 654 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 655 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 656 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 657 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 658 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 659 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 674 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 675 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 676 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 677 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 678 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 679 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 680 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 681 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 682 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 683 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 684 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 688
 689 class Object(object):
 690     """
 691     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 692     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 693     """
 694     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 695     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 697     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 698         """
 699         GetClassName(self) -> String
 700
 701         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 702         """
 703         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 704
 705     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 706         """
 707         Destroy(self)
 708
 709         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 710         """
 711         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 712         args[0].thisown = 0
 713         return val
 714
 715 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 716 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 717 cvar = _core_.cvar
 718 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 719
 720 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 721
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 742 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 743 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 744 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 746 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 747 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 748 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 749 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 750 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 751 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 752 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 753 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 754 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 755 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 756 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 757 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 758 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 759 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 761 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 762 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 763 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 764 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 765 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 766 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 767 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 768 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 769 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 770 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 771 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 772 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 773 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 774
 775 class Size(object):
 776     """
 777     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 778     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 779     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 780     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 781     """
 782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 784     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 785     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 786     x = width; y = height
 787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 788         """
 789         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 790
 791         Creates a size object.
 792         """
 793         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 796     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 797         """
 798         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 799
 800         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 801         """
 802         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 803
 804     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 805         """
 806         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 807
 808         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 809         """
 810         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 811
 812     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 813         """
 814         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 815
 816         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 817         """
 818         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 819
 820     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 821         """
 822         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 823
 824         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 825         """
 826         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 827
 828     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 829         """
 830         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 831
 832         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 833         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 834         """
 835         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 836
 837     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 838         """
 839         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 840
 841         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 842         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 843         """
 844         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 845
 846     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 847         """
 848         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 849
 850         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 851         """
 852         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 853
 854     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 855         """
 856         Set(self, int w, int h)
 857
 858         Set both width and height.
 859         """
 860         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 861
 862     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 863         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 864         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 868         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 872         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 873
 874     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 875         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 876         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """
 880         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 881
 882         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 883         """
 884         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 885
 886     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 887         """
 888         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 889
 890         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 891         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 892         """
 893         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 894
 895     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 896         """
 897         Get() -> (width,height)
 898
 899         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 900         """
 901         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 902
 903     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 904     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 905     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 906     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 907     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 908     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 909         if index == 0: self.width = val
 910         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 911         else: raise IndexError
 912     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 913     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 914     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 915
 916 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 917
 918 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 919
 920 class RealPoint(object):
 921     """
 922     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 923     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 924     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 925     """
 926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 928     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 929     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 930     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 931         """
 932         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 933
 934         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 935         """
 936         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 937     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 938     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 939     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 940         """
 941         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 942
 943         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 944         """
 945         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 946
 947     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 948         """
 949         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 950
 951         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 952         """
 953         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 954
 955     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 956         """
 957         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 958
 959         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 960         """
 961         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 962
 963     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 964         """
 965         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 966
 967         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 968         """
 969         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 970
 971     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 972         """
 973         Set(self, double x, double y)
 974
 975         Set both the x and y properties
 976         """
 977         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 978
 979     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 980         """
 981         Get() -> (x,y)
 982
 983         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 984         """
 985         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 986
 987     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 988     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 989     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 990     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 991     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 992     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 993         if index == 0: self.x = val
 994         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 995         else: raise IndexError
 996     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 997     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 998     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 999
1000 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1001
1002 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1003
1004 class Point(object):
1005     """
1006     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1007     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1008     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1009     """
1010     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1011     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1012     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1013     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1014     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1015         """
1016         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1017
1018         Create a wx.Point object
1019         """
1020         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1021     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1022     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1023     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1024         """
1025         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1026
1027         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1028         """
1029         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1030
1031     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1032         """
1033         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1034
1035         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1036         """
1037         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1038
1039     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1040         """
1041         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1042
1043         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1044         """
1045         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1046
1047     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1048         """
1049         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1050
1051         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1052         """
1053         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1054
1055     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1056         """
1057         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1058
1059         Add pt to this object.
1060         """
1061         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1062
1063     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1064         """
1065         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1066
1067         Subtract pt from this object.
1068         """
1069         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1070
1071     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1072         """
1073         Set(self, long x, long y)
1074
1075         Set both the x and y properties
1076         """
1077         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1078
1079     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1080         """
1081         Get() -> (x,y)
1082
1083         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1084         """
1085         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1086
1087     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1088     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1089     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1090     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1091     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1092     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1093         if index == 0: self.x = val
1094         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1095         else: raise IndexError
1096     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1097     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1098     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1099
1100 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1101
1102 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1103
1104 class Rect(object):
1105     """
1106     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1107     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1108     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1109     """
1110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1113         """
1114         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1115
1116         Create a new Rect object.
1117         """
1118         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1119     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1120     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1121     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1122         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1123         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1124
1125     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1222     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1223     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1224     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1225     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1226     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1227
1228     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1229         """
1230         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1231
1232         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1233
1234         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1235         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1236         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1237         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1238         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1239         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1240         direction.
1241
1242         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1243         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1244         first::
1245
1246             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1247             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1248
1249
1250         """
1251         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1252
1253     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1254         """
1255         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1256
1257         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1258         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1259         `Inflate` for a full description.
1260         """
1261         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1262
1263     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1264         """
1265         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1266
1267         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1268         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1269         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1270         """
1271         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1272
1273     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1274         """
1275         Offset(self, Point pt)
1276
1277         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1278         """
1279         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1280
1281     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1282         """
1283         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1284
1285         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1286         """
1287         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1288
1289     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1290         """
1291         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1292
1293         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1294         """
1295         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1296
1297     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1298         """
1299         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1300
1301         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1302         """
1303         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1304
1305     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1306         """
1307         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1308
1309         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1310         """
1311         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1312
1313     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1314         """
1315         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1316
1317         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1318         """
1319         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1320
1321     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1322         """
1323         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1324
1325         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1326         """
1327         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1328
1329     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1330         """
1331         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1332
1333         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1334         """
1335         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1336
1337     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1338         """
1339         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1340
1341         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1342         """
1343         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1344
1345     def InsideRect(*args, **kwargs):
1346         """
1347         InsideRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1348
1349         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1350         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1351         """
1352         return _core_.Rect_InsideRect(*args, **kwargs)
1353
1354     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1355         """
1356         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1357
1358         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1359         """
1360         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1361
1362     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1363         """
1364         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1365
1366         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1367         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1368         """
1369         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1370
1371     CentreIn = CenterIn
1372     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1373     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1374     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1375     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1376     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1377         """
1378         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1379
1380         Set all rectangle properties.
1381         """
1382         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1383
1384     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1385         """
1386         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1387
1388         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1389         """
1390         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1391
1392     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1393     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1394     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1395     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1396     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1397     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1398         if index == 0: self.x = val
1399         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1400         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1401         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1402         else: raise IndexError
1403     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1404     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1405     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1406
1407 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1408
1409 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1410     """
1411     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1412
1413     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1414     """
1415     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1416     return val
1417
1418 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1419     """
1420     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1421
1422     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1423     """
1424     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1425     return val
1426
1427 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1428     """
1429     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1430
1431     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1432     """
1433     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1434     return val
1435
1436
1437 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1438   """
1439     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1440
1441     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1442     """
1443   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1445
1446 class Point2D(object):
1447     """
1448     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1449     with floating point values.
1450     """
1451     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1452     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1453     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1454         """
1455         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1456
1457         Create a w.Point2D object.
1458         """
1459         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1460     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """
1462         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1463
1464         Convert to integer
1465         """
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """
1470         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1471
1472         Convert to integer
1473         """
1474         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1477         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1482         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1483
1484     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1485         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1486         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1489         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1490         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1491
1492     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1493         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1494         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1495     def Normalize(self):
1496         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1497
1498     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1500         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1501
1502     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1503         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1504         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """
1516         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1517
1518         the reflection of this point
1519         """
1520         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1524         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1528         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """
1540         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1541
1542         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1543         """
1544         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1547         """
1548         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1549
1550         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1551         """
1552         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1553
1554     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1555     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1556     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1558         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1559
1560     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1561         """
1562         Get() -> (x,y)
1563
1564         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1565         """
1566         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1567
1568     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1569     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1570     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1571     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1572     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1573     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1574         if index == 0: self.x = val
1575         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1576         else: raise IndexError
1577     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1578     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1579     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1580
1581 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1582
1583 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1584     """
1585     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1586
1587     Create a w.Point2D object.
1588     """
1589     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1590     return val
1591
1592 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1593     """
1594     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1595
1596     Create a w.Point2D object.
1597     """
1598     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1599     return val
1600
1601 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1602
1603 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1604 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1605 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1606 class InputStream(object):
1607     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1608     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1609     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1610     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1611         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1612         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1613     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1614     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1615     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """close(self)"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """flush(self)"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """tell(self) -> int"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1664         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1665         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1666
1667     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1668         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1669         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1670
1671     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1672         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1673         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1674
1675     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1676         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1677         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1678
1679 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1680 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1681 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1682
1683 class OutputStream(object):
1684     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1685     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1686     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1690         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1694         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1697
1698 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1699
1700 class FSFile(Object):
1701     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1705         """
1706         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1707             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1708         """
1709         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1710     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1711     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1712     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1714         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1718         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1722         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1726         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1729         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1730         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1731
1732 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1733
1734 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1735     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1737     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1739     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1740     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1741 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1742
1743 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1744     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1745     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1746     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1747     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1748         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1749         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1750         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1751
1752     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1753         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1754         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1755
1756     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1777         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1778         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1779
1780     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1793
1794 class FileSystem(Object):
1795     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1796     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1797     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1798     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1799         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1800         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1801     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1802     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1803     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1805         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1813         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1817         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1828     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1830         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1833     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1838     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1843 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1844
1845 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1846   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1847   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1848
1849 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1850   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1851   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1852
1853 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1854   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1855   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1856
1857 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1858   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1859   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1860
1861 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1862     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1863     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1864     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1865     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1866         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1867         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1868     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1869         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1870         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1871
1872     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1873         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1874         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1875
1876 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1877
1878 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1879     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1880     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1881     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1882     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1883         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1884         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1885     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1886         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1887         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1891         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1892
1893     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1894         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1895         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1898         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1899         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1902
1903
1904 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1905   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1906   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1907
1908 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1909   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1910   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1911
1912 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1913   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1914   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1915 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1916     """
1917     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1918     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1919     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1920     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1921     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1922     """
1923     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1924         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1925     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1926         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1927     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1928         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1929     else:
1930         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1931
1932 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1933     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1934     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1935     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1936     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1937         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1938         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1939     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1940         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1941         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1942
1943     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1944     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1945     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1947         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1950         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1951         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1954         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1955         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1956
1957     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1958         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1959         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1962
1963 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1964   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1965   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1966
1967 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1968 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1969 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1970 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1971
1972 class ImageHandler(Object):
1973     """
1974     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1975     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1976     normally seen by the application.
1977     """
1978     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1979     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1981     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1982         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1983         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1987         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2003         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2006         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2007         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2008
2009     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2010         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2011         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2012
2013     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2014         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2015         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2016
2017     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2018         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2019         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2020
2021 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2022
2023 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2024     """
2025     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2026     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2027     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2028     the following methods::
2029
2030         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2031             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2032
2033         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2034             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2035
2036         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2037             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2038                this handler's image file format.'''
2039
2040         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2041             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2042                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2043
2044     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2045     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2046     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2047
2048     """
2049     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2050     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2051     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2052         """
2053         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2054
2055         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2056         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2057         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2058         the following methods::
2059
2060             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2061                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2062
2063             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2064                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2065
2066             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2067                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2068                    this handler's image file format.'''
2069
2070             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2071                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2072                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2073
2074         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2075         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2076         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2077
2078         """
2079         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2080         self._SetSelf(self)
2081
2082     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2083         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2084         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2085
2086 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2087
2088 class ImageHistogram(object):
2089     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2090     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2091     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2092     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2093         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2094         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2095     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """
2097         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2098
2099         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2100         """
2101         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2104     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2105         """
2106         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2107
2108         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2109         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2110         success flag and rgb values.
2111         """
2112         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2113
2114     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2115         """
2116         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2117
2118         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2119         key value from a RGB tripple.
2120         """
2121         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2122
2123     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2124         """
2125         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2126
2127         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2128         """
2129         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2130
2131     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2132         """
2133         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2134
2135         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2136         """
2137         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2138
2139 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2140
2141 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2142   """
2143     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2144
2145     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2146     """
2147   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2148
2149 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2150     """
2151     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2152     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2153     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2154     color space.
2155     """
2156     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2157     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2158     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2159         """
2160         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2161
2162         Constructor.
2163         """
2164         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2165     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2166     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2167     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2168 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2169
2170 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2171     """
2172     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2173     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2174     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2175     color space.
2176     """
2177     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2178     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2179     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2180         """
2181         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2182
2183         Constructor.
2184         """
2185         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2186     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2187     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2188     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2189 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2190
2191 class Image(Object):
2192     """
2193     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2194     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2195     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2196     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2197
2198     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2199     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2200     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2201     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2202
2203     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2204     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2205     bitmap object.
2206
2207     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2208     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2209     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2210     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2211     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2212
2213     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2214     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2215     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2216     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2217     """
2218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2219     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2220     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2221         """
2222         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2223
2224         Loads an image from a file.
2225         """
2226         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2227     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2228     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2229     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2230         """
2231         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2232
2233         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2234         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2235         """
2236         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2237
2238     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2239         """
2240         Destroy(self)
2241
2242         Destroys the image data.
2243         """
2244         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2245         args[0].thisown = 0
2246         return val
2247
2248     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2249         """
2250         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2251
2252         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2253         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2254         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2255         """
2256         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2257
2258     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2261
2262         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2263         """
2264         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2265
2266     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2267         """
2268         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2269
2270         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2271         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2272
2273         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2274         """
2275         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2276
2277     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2278         """
2279         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2280
2281         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2282         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2283         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2284         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2285         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2286         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2287         newly exposed areas.
2288
2289         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2290         """
2291         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2292
2293     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2294         """
2295         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2296
2297         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2298         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2299         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2300         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2301         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2308
2309         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2310         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2311         safe way to manipulate the data.
2312         """
2313         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2316         """
2317         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2318
2319         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2320         """
2321         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2322
2323     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2324         """
2325         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2326
2327         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2328         """
2329         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2330
2331     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2332         """
2333         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2334
2335         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2336         """
2337         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2338
2339     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2340         """
2341         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2342
2343         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2344         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2345         for this.
2346         """
2347         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2352
2353         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2354         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2355         this.
2356
2357         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2358         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2359         the fully opaque pixels.
2360         """
2361         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2362
2363     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2364         """
2365         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2366
2367         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2368         """
2369         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2370
2371     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2372         """
2373         InitAlpha(self)
2374
2375         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2376         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2377         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2378         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2379         """
2380         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2381
2382     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2383         """
2384         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2385
2386         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2387         than the spcified threshold.
2388         """
2389         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2390
2391     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2392         """
2393         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2394
2395         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2396         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2397         success flag and rgb values.
2398         """
2399         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2400
2401     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2402         """
2403         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2404
2405         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2406         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2407         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2408         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2409
2410         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2411         nothing.
2412         """
2413         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2414
2415     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2416         """
2417         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2418
2419         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2420         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2421         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2422         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2423         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2424         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2425         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2426         """
2427         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2430         """
2431         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2432
2433         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2434         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2435         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2436         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2437         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2438
2439         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2440         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2441         mask was successfully applied.
2442
2443         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2444         computationally intensive operation.
2445         """
2446         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2447
2448     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2451
2452         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2453         """
2454         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2455
2456     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2457     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2458         """
2459         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2460
2461         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2462         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2463         the number of available images.
2464         """
2465         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2466
2467     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2468     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2471
2472         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2473         library will try to autodetect the format.
2474         """
2475         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2476
2477     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2478         """
2479         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2480
2481         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2482         string.
2483         """
2484         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2485
2486     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2487         """
2488         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2489
2490         Saves an image in the named file.
2491         """
2492         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2493
2494     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2495         """
2496         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2497
2498         Saves an image in the named file.
2499         """
2500         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2501
2502     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2505
2506         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2507         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2508         object.
2509         """
2510         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2513     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2516
2517         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2518         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2519         autodetect the format.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2526
2527         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2528         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         Ok(self) -> bool
2535
2536         Returns true if image data is present.
2537         """
2538         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2541         """
2542         GetWidth(self) -> int
2543
2544         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2545         """
2546         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2549         """
2550         GetHeight(self) -> int
2551
2552         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2553         """
2554         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2555
2556     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2557         """
2558         GetSize(self) -> Size
2559
2560         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2561         """
2562         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2563
2564     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2565         """
2566         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2567
2568         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2569         entirely to the image.
2570         """
2571         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2572
2573     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2574         """
2575         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2576
2577         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2578         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2579         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2580         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2581         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2582         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2583         newly exposed areas.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2588         """
2589         Copy(self) -> Image
2590
2591         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2592         """
2593         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2594
2595     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2596         """
2597         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2598
2599         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2600         and any out of bounds problems.
2601         """
2602         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2603
2604     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2605         """
2606         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2607
2608         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2609         """
2610         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2611
2612     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2613         """
2614         SetData(self, buffer data)
2615
2616         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2617         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2618         the data must be width*height*3.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2625
2626         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2627         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2628         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2633         """
2634         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2635
2636         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2637         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2638         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2645
2646         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2647         """
2648         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2649
2650     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2651         """
2652         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2653
2654         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2655         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2656         data must be width*height.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2661         """
2662         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2663
2664         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2665         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2666         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2667         """
2668         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2669
2670     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2671         """
2672         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2673
2674         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2675         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2676         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2677         """
2678         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2679
2680     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2681         """
2682         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2683
2684         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2685         mask).
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2692
2693         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2694         """
2695         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2696
2697     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2698         """
2699         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2700
2701         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2702         """
2703         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2704
2705     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2706         """
2707         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2708
2709         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2710         """
2711         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2712
2713     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2714         """
2715         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2716
2717         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2718         """
2719         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2720
2721     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2722         """
2723         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2724
2725         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2726         determined by the current mask colour.
2727         """
2728         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2729
2730     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2731         """
2732         HasMask(self) -> bool
2733
2734         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2735         """
2736         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2737
2738     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2739         """
2740         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2741             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2742
2743         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2744         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2745         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2746         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2747         will be used as the fill colour.
2748
2749         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2756
2757         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2758         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2759         """
2760         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2761
2762     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2763         """
2764         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2765
2766         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2767         indicates the orientation.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2774
2775         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2776         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2777         """
2778         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2779
2780     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2781         """
2782         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2783
2784         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2785         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2786         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2787         """
2788         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2789
2790     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2791         """
2792         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2793
2794         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2795         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2796         colour everywhere else.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2803
2804         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2805         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2806         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2807         """
2808         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2809
2810     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2811         """
2812         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2813
2814         Sets an image option as an integer.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2821
2822         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """
2828         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2829
2830         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2831         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2832         """
2833         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2834
2835     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2836         """
2837         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2838
2839         Returns true if the given option is present.
2840         """
2841         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2842
2843     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2844         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2845         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2848         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2849         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2853         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2854
2855     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2856     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2857         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2858         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2861     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2862         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2863         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2866     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2867         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2868         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2869
2870     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2871     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2872         """
2873         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2874
2875         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2876         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2877         dialog boxes.
2878         """
2879         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2880
2881     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2882     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2883         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2884         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2887         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2888         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """
2892         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2893
2894         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2895         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2896         """
2897         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2898
2899     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2900         """
2901         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2902
2903         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2904         """
2905         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2906
2907     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2908     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2909         """
2910         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2911
2912         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2913         """
2914         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2915
2916     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2917     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2918 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2919
2920 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2921     """
2922     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2923
2924     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2925     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2926     """
2927     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2928     return val
2929
2930 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2931     """
2932     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2933
2934     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2935     object.
2936     """
2937     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2938     return val
2939
2940 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2941     """
2942     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2943
2944     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2945     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2946     """
2947     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2948     return val
2949
2950 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2951     """
2952     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2953
2954     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2955     pixels to black.
2956     """
2957     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2958     return val
2959
2960 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2961     """
2962     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2963
2964     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2965     """
2966     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2967     return val
2968
2969 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2970     """
2971     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2972
2973     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2974     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2975     must be width*height*3.
2976     """
2977     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2978     return val
2979
2980 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2981     """
2982     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2983
2984     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2985     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2986     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2987     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2988     """
2989     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2990     return val
2991
2992 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """
2994     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2995
2996     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2997     """
2998   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2999
3000 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3001   """
3002     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3003
3004     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3005     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3006     the number of available images.
3007     """
3008   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3009
3010 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3011   """
3012     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3013
3014     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3015     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3016     object.
3017     """
3018   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3021   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3022   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3026   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3029   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3030   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3033   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3034   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3035
3036 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3037   """
3038     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3039
3040     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3041     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3042     dialog boxes.
3043     """
3044   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3045
3046 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3047   """
3048     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3049
3050     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3051     """
3052   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3053
3054 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3055   """
3056     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3057
3058     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3059     """
3060   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3061
3062
3063 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3064   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3065   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3066 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3067     """
3068     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3069     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3070     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3071     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3072     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3073     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3074
3075     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3076     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3077     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3078     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3079     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3080
3081     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3082     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3083     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3084     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3085     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3086     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3087     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3088     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3089     them to change size.
3090     """
3091     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3092     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3093     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3094     return image
3095
3096 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3097     """
3098     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3099     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3100     """
3101     pass
3102
3103 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3104 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3105 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3106 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3107 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3108 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3109 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3110 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3111 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3112 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3113 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3114 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3115 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3116 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3117 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3118     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3119     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3120     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3121     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3122         """
3123         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3124
3125         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3126         """
3127         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3128 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3129 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3130 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3131 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3132 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3133 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3134 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3135 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3136 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3137 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3138 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3139 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3140 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3141 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3142 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3143 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3144 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3145
3146 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3147     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3148     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3149     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3150     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3151         """
3152         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3153
3154         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3155         """
3156         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3157 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3158
3159 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3160     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3164         """
3165         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3166
3167         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3168         """
3169         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3170 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3171
3172 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3173     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3174     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3175     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3176     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3177         """
3178         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3179
3180         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3181         """
3182         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3183 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3184
3185 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3186     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3192
3193         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3194         """
3195         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3196 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3197
3198 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3199     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3203         """
3204         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3205
3206         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3207         """
3208         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3209 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3210
3211 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3212     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3216         """
3217         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3218
3219         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3220         """
3221         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3222 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3223
3224 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3225     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3226     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3227     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3228     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3229         """
3230         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3231
3232         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3233         """
3234         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3235 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3236
3237 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3238     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3239     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3240     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3241     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3242         """
3243         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3244
3245         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3246         """
3247         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3248 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3249
3250 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3251     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3252     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3253     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3254     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3255         """
3256         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3257
3258         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3259         """
3260         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3261 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3262
3263 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3264     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3268         """
3269         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3270
3271         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3272         """
3273         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3274 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3275
3276 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3277 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3278 class Quantize(object):
3279     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3281     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3283     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3284         """
3285         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3286
3287         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3288         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3289         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3290         """
3291         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3294 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3295
3296 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3297   """
3298     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3299
3300     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3301     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3302     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3303     """
3304   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3305
3306 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3307
3308 class EvtHandler(Object):
3309     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3310     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3311     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3312     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3313         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3314         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3315     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3316         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3317         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3318
3319     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3320         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3321         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3322
3323     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3324         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3325         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3326
3327     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3328         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3329         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3330
3331     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3332         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3333         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3334
3335     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3336         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3337         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3338
3339     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3340         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3341         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3342
3343     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3344         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3345         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3346
3347     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3348         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3349         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3350
3351     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3352         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3353         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3354
3355     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3356         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3357         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3358
3359     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3360         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3361         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3362         args[0].thisown = 0
3363         return val
3364
3365     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3366         """
3367         Bind an event to an event handler.
3368
3369         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3370                       type of event to bind,
3371
3372         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3373                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3374                       disconnect an event handler.
3375
3376         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3377                       different window than self, but you still
3378                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3379                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3380                       passing the source of the event, the event
3381                       handling system is able to differentiate
3382                       between the same event type from different
3383                       controls.
3384
3385         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3386                    of instance.
3387
3388         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3389                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3390         """
3391         if source is not None:
3392             id  = source.GetId()
3393         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3394
3395     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3396         """
3397         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3398         Returns True if successful.
3399         """
3400         if source is not None:
3401             id  = source.GetId()
3402         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3403
3404 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3405
3406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3407
3408 class PyEventBinder(object):
3409     """
3410     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3411     handlers.
3412     """
3413     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3414         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3415             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3416         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3417
3418         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3419             self.evtType = evtType
3420         else:
3421             self.evtType = [evtType]
3422
3423
3424     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3425         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3426         for et in self.evtType:
3427             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3428
3429
3430     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3431         """Remove an event binding."""
3432         success = 0
3433         for et in self.evtType:
3434             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3435         return success != 0
3436
3437
3438     def __call__(self, *args):
3439         """
3440         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3441         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3442         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3443         type of the event.
3444         """
3445         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3446         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3447         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3448         target = args[0]
3449         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3450             func = args[1]
3451         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3452             id1 = args[1]
3453             func = args[2]
3454         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3455             id1 = args[1]
3456             id2 = args[2]
3457             func = args[3]
3458         else:
3459             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3460
3461         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3462
3463
3464 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3465 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3466     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3467 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3468     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3469
3470
3471 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3472
3473 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3474
3475 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3476 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3477
3478 def NewEventType(*args):
3479   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3480   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3481 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3482 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3483 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3484 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3485 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3486 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3487 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3488 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3489 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3490 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3491 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3492 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3493 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3494 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3495 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3496 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3497 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3498 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3499 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3500 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3501 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3502 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3503 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3504 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3505 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3506 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3507 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3508 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3509 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3510 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3511 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3512 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3513 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3514 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3515 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3516 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3517 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3518 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3519 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3520 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3521 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3522 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3523 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3524 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3525 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3526 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3527 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3528 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3529 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3530 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3531 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3532 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3533 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3534 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3535 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3536 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3537 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3538 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3539 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3540 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3541 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3542 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3543 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3544 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3545 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3546 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3547 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3548 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3549 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3550 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3551 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3552 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3553 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3554 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3555 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3556 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3557 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3558 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3559 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3560 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3561 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3562 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3563 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3564 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3565 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3566 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3567 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3568 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3569 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3570 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3571 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3572 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3573 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3574 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3575 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3576 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3577 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3578 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3579 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3580 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3581 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3582 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3583 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3584 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3585 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3586 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3587 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3588 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3589 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3590 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3591 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3592 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3593 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3594 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3595 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3596 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3597 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3598 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3599 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3600 #
3601 # Create some event binders
3602 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3603 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3604 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3605 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3606 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3607 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3608 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3609 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3610 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3611 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3612 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3613 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3614 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3615 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3616 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3617 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3618 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3619 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3620 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3621 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3622 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3623 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3624 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3625 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3626 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3627 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3628 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3629 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3630 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3631 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3632 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3633 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3634 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3635 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3636 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3637 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3638 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3639 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3640 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3641 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3642 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3643 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3644
3645 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3646 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3647 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3648 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3649 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3650 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3651 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3652 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3653 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3654 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3655 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3656 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3657 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3658
3659 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3660                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3661                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3662                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3663                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3664                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3665                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3666                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3667                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3668                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3669                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3670                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3671                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3672                                      ])
3673
3674
3675 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3676 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3677                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3678                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3679                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3680                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3681                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3682                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3683                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3684                                   ])
3685
3686 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3687 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3688 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3689 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3690 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3691 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3692 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3693 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3694
3695 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3696 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3697                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3698                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3699                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3700                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3701                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3702                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3703                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3704                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3705                                ])
3706
3707 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3708 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3709 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3710 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3711 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3712 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3713 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3714 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3715 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3716 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3717
3718 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3719 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3720                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3721                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3722                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3723                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3724                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3725                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3726                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3727                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3728                                        ], 1)
3729
3730 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3731 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3732 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3733 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3734 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3735 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3736 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3737 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3738 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3740
3741 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3742 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3743 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3744 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3745 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3746 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3747 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3748 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3749 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3750 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3751
3752 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3753 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3754 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3755 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3756 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3757 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3758 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3759 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3760 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3761
3762
3763 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3764 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3765 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3766 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3767 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3768 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3769 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3770
3771 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3772
3773 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3774 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3775
3776 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3777
3778 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3779 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3780 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3781
3782
3783 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3784
3785 class Event(Object):
3786     """
3787     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3788     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3789     other event classes
3790     """
3791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3792     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3793     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3796     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3797         """
3798         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3799
3800         Sets the specific type of the event.
3801         """
3802         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3803
3804     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3805         """
3806         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3807
3808         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3809         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3810         """
3811         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3812
3813     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3814         """
3815         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3816
3817         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3818         any.
3819         """
3820         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3821
3822     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3823         """
3824         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3825
3826         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3827         object that is sending the event.
3828         """
3829         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3832         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3833         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3836         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3837         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3838
3839     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3840         """
3841         GetId(self) -> int
3842
3843         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3844         command id.
3845         """
3846         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3847
3848     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3849         """
3850         SetId(self, int Id)
3851
3852         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3853         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3854         item, etc.
3855         """
3856         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3857
3858     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3859         """
3860         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3861
3862         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3863         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3864         """
3865         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3866
3867     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3868         """
3869         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3870
3871         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3872         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3873         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3874         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3875         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3876         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3877         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3878
3879         """
3880         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3881
3882     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3883         """
3884         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3885
3886         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3887         :see: `Skip`
3888         """
3889         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3890
3891     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3892         """
3893         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3894
3895         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3896         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3897         """
3898         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3899
3900     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3901         """
3902         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3903
3904         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3905         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3906         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3907         """
3908         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3909
3910     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3911         """
3912         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3913
3914         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3915         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3916         `StopPropagation`.)
3917
3918         """
3919         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3920
3921     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3922         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3923         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3924
3925 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3926
3927 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3928
3929 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3930     """
3931     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3932     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3933     propogation of the event will be restored.
3934     """
3935     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3936     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3937     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3938         """
3939         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3940
3941         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3942         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3943         propogation of the event will be restored.
3944         """
3945         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3946     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3947     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3948 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3949
3950 class PropagateOnce(object):
3951     """
3952     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3953     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3954     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3955     """
3956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3959         """
3960         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3961
3962         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3963         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3964         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3965         """
3966         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3967     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3968     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3969 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3970
3971 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3972
3973 class CommandEvent(Event):
3974     """
3975     This event class contains information about command events, which
3976     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3977     toolbars.
3978     """
3979     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3981     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3982         """
3983         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3984
3985         This event class contains information about command events, which
3986         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3987         toolbars.
3988         """
3989         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3990     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3991         """
3992         GetSelection(self) -> int
3993
3994         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3995         for a deselection).
3996         """
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4001         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4002
4003     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4004         """
4005         GetString(self) -> String
4006
4007         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4008         for a deselection).
4009         """
4010         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4011
4012     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4013         """
4014         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4015
4016         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4017         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4018         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4019         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4020         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4021         """
4022         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4023
4024     Checked = IsChecked
4025     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4026         """
4027         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4028
4029         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4030         false if it is a deselection.
4031         """
4032         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4033
4034     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4035         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4036         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4037
4038     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4039         """
4040         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4041
4042         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4043         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4044         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4045         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4046         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4047         listbox must be examined by the application.
4048         """
4049         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4050
4051     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4052         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4053         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4054
4055     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """
4057         GetInt(self) -> int
4058
4059         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4060         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4061         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4062         """
4063         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4064
4065     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4066         """
4067         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4068
4069         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4070         """
4071         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4072
4073     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4074         """
4075         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4076
4077         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4078         """
4079         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4080
4081     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4082     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4083
4084     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4085         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4086         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4087
4088     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4089     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4090     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4091     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4092     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4093     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4094 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4095
4096 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4097
4098 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4099     """
4100     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4101     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4102     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4103     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4104     """
4105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4108         """
4109         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4110
4111         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4112         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4113         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4114         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4115         """
4116         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4117     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4118         """
4119         Veto(self)
4120
4121         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4122
4123         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4124         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4125         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4126         """
4127         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4128
4129     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4130         """
4131         Allow(self)
4132
4133         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4134         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4135         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4136         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4137         """
4138         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4139
4140     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4141         """
4142         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4143
4144         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4145         false otherwise (if it was).
4146         """
4147         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4148
4149 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4150
4151 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4152
4153 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4154     """
4155     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4156     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4157     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4158     instead.
4159     """
4160     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4161     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4162     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4163         """
4164         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4165             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4166         """
4167         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4168     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4169         """
4170         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4171
4172         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4173         the scrollbar.
4174         """
4175         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4176
4177     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4178         """
4179         GetPosition(self) -> int
4180
4181         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4182         """
4183         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4184
4185     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4186         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4187         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4188
4189     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4190         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4191         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4192
4193 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4194
4195 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4196
4197 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4198     """
4199     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4200     scrolling windows.
4201     """
4202     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4203     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4204     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4205         """
4206         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4207
4208         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4209         scrolling windows.
4210         """
4211         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4212     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4213         """
4214         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4215
4216         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4217         the scrollbar.
4218         """
4219         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4220
4221     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4222         """
4223         GetPosition(self) -> int
4224
4225         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4226         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4227         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4228         """
4229         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4230
4231     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4232         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4233         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4234
4235     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4236         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4237         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4238
4239 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4240
4241 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4242
4243 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4244 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4245 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4246 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4247 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4248 class MouseEvent(Event):
4249     """
4250     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4251     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4252     mouse move events.
4253
4254     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4255     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4256     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4257     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4258     events from it.
4259
4260     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4261     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4262     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4263     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4264     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4265     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4266     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4267     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4268     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4269     """
4270     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4271     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4272     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4273         """
4274         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4275
4276         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4277
4278             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4279             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4280             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4281             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4282             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4283             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4284             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4285             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4286             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4287             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4288             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4289             * wxEVT_MOTION
4290             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4291         """
4292         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4293     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4294         """
4295         IsButton(self) -> bool
4296
4297         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4298         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4299         """
4300         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4303         """
4304         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4305
4306         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4307         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4308         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4309         values).
4310         """
4311         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4312
4313     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4314         """
4315         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4316
4317         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4318         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4319         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4320         values).
4321         """
4322         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4325         """
4326         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4327
4328         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4329         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4330         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4331         """
4332         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4333
4334     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4335         """
4336         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4337
4338         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4339         values of button are:
4340
4341              ====================      =====================================
4342              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4343              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4344              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4345              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4346              ====================      =====================================
4347
4348         """
4349         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4350
4351     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4352         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4353         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4354
4355     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4356         """
4357         GetButton(self) -> int
4358
4359         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4360         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4361         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4362         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4363         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4364         right buttons respectively.
4365         """
4366         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4367
4368     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4369         """
4370         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4371
4372         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4373         """
4374         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4375
4376     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4377         """
4378         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4379
4380         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4381         """
4382         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4383
4384     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4385         """
4386         AltDown(self) -> bool
4387
4388         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4389         """
4390         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4391
4392     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4393         """
4394         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4395
4396         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4397         """
4398         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4399
4400     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4401         """
4402         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4403
4404         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4405         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4406         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4407         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4408         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4409         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4410         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4411         """
4412         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4413
4414     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4415         """
4416         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4417
4418         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4419         """
4420         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4421
4422     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4423         """
4424         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4425
4426         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4427         """
4428         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4429
4430     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4431         """
4432         RightDown(self) -> bool
4433
4434         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4435         """
4436         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4437
4438     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4439         """
4440         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4441
4442         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4443         """
4444         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4445
4446     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4447         """
4448         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4449
4450         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4451         """
4452         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4453
4454     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4455         """
4456         RightUp(self) -> bool
4457
4458         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4459         """
4460         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4461
4462     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4463         """
4464         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4465
4466         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4467         """
4468         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4469
4470     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4471         """
4472         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4473
4474         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4475         """
4476         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4477
4478     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4479         """
4480         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4481
4482         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4483         """
4484         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4485
4486     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4487         """
4488         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4489
4490         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4491         of the current event type.
4492
4493         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4494         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4495         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4496
4497         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4498         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4499         dragging the mouse.
4500         """
4501         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4502
4503     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4504         """
4505         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4506
4507         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4508         of the current event type.
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4515
4516         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4517         of the current event type.
4518         """
4519         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4520
4521     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4522         """
4523         Dragging(self) -> bool
4524
4525         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4526         depressed).
4527         """
4528         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4529
4530     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4531         """
4532         Moving(self) -> bool
4533
4534         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4535         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4536         false and Dragging returns true.
4537         """
4538         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4539
4540     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4541         """
4542         Entering(self) -> bool
4543
4544         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4545         """
4546         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4547
4548     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4549         """
4550         Leaving(self) -> bool
4551
4552         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4553         """
4554         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4555
4556     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4557         """
4558         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4559
4560         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4561         event happened.
4562         """
4563         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4564
4565     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4566         """
4567         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4568
4569         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4570         event happened.
4571         """
4572         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4573
4574     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4575         """
4576         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4577
4578         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4579         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4580         that the window has been scrolled).
4581         """
4582         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4583
4584     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4585         """
4586         GetX(self) -> int
4587
4588         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4589         """
4590         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4591
4592     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4593         """
4594         GetY(self) -> int
4595
4596         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4597         """
4598         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4599
4600     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4601         """
4602         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4603
4604         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4605         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4606         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4607         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4608         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4609         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4610         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4611         """
4612         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4613
4614     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4615         """
4616         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4617
4618         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4619         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4620         should occur for each delta.
4621         """
4622         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4623
4624     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4625         """
4626         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4627
4628         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4629         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4630         """
4631         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4632
4633     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4634         """
4635         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4636
4637         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4638         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4639         """
4640         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4643     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4644     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4645     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4646     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4647     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4648     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4649     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4650     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4651     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4652     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4653     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4654 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4655
4656 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4657
4658 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4659     """
4660     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4661     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4662     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4663     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4664     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4665     """
4666     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4667     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4668     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4669         """
4670         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4671
4672         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4673         """
4674         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4675     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4676         """
4677         GetX(self) -> int
4678
4679         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4680         """
4681         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4682
4683     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4684         """
4685         GetY(self) -> int
4686
4687         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4688         """
4689         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4690
4691     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4692         """
4693         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4694
4695         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4696         """
4697         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4698
4699     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4700         """
4701         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4702
4703         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4704         """
4705         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4706
4707     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4708         """
4709         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4710
4711         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4712         """
4713         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4714
4715 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4716
4717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4718
4719 class KeyEvent(Event):
4720     """
4721     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4722     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4723     the keyboard focus.
4724
4725     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4726     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4727     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4728     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4729     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4730     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4731     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4732     corresponding to each down one.
4733
4734     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4735     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4736     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4737     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4738     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4739     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4740     example.
4741
4742     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4743     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4744     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4745     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4746     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4747     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4748     well.
4749
4750     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4751     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4752     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4753     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4754     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4755     by the system itself.
4756
4757     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4758     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4759     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4760     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4761
4762     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4763     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4764     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4765     focus.
4766
4767     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4768     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4769     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4770     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4771
4772     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4773     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4774     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4775     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4776
4777     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4778     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4779     work under Windows.
4780
4781     """
4782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4785         """
4786         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4787
4788         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4789             *
4790         """
4791         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4792     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4793         """
4794         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4795
4796         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4797         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4798         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4799         example::
4800
4801             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4802                 DoSomething()
4803
4804         """
4805         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4806
4807     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4808         """
4809         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4810
4811         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4812         """
4813         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4814
4815     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4816         """
4817         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4818
4819         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4820         """
4821         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4822
4823     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4824         """
4825         AltDown(self) -> bool
4826
4827         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4828         """
4829         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4830
4831     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4832         """
4833         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4834
4835         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4836         """
4837         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4838
4839     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4840         """
4841         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4842
4843         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4844         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4845         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4846         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4847         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4848         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4849         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4850         """
4851         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4852
4853     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4854         """
4855         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4856
4857         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4858         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4859         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4860         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4861         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4862         normally).
4863         """
4864         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4865
4866     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4867         """
4868         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4869
4870         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4871         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4872         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4873         codes.
4874
4875         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4876         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4877         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4878         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4879         """
4880         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4881
4882     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4883     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4884         """
4885         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4886
4887         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4888         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4889         """
4890         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4891
4892     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4893     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4894         """
4895         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4896
4897         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4898         build of wxPython.
4899         """
4900         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4901
4902     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4903         """
4904         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4905
4906         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4907         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4908         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4909         ports.
4910         """
4911         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4912
4913     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4914         """
4915         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4916
4917         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4918         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4919         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4920         """
4921         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4922
4923     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4924         """
4925         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4926
4927         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4928         """
4929         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4930
4931     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4932         """
4933         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4934
4935         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4936         """
4937         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4938
4939     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4940         """
4941         GetX(self) -> int
4942
4943         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4944         applicable.
4945         """
4946         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4947
4948     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4949         """
4950         GetY(self) -> int
4951
4952         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4953         applicable.
4954         """
4955         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4956
4957     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4958     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4959     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4960     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4961     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4962     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4963     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4964     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4965     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4966     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4967 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4968
4969 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4970
4971 class SizeEvent(Event):
4972     """
4973     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4974     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4975     been resized.
4976
4977     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4978     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4979     application.
4980
4981     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4982     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4983     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4984     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4985     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4986     invalidate the entire window.
4987
4988     """
4989     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4990     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4991     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4992         """
4993         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4994
4995         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4996         """
4997         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4998     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4999         """
5000         GetSize(self) -> Size
5001
5002         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5003         event.
5004         """
5005         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5006
5007     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5008         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5009         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5010
5011     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5012         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5013         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5014
5015     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5016         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5017         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5018
5019     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5020     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5021 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5022
5023 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5024
5025 class MoveEvent(Event):
5026     """
5027     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5028     moved to a new position.
5029     """
5030     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5031     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5032     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5033         """
5034         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5035
5036         Constructor.
5037         """
5038         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5039     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5040         """
5041         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5042
5043         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5044         """
5045         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5046
5047     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5048         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5049         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5050
5051     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5052         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5053         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5054
5055     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5056         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5057         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5058
5059     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5060     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5061
5062 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5063
5064 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5065
5066 class PaintEvent(Event):
5067     """
5068     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5069     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5070     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5071     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5072     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5073
5074     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5075     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5076     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5077     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5078     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5079     scrolled units.
5080
5081     """
5082     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5083     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5084     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5085         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5086         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5087 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5088
5089 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5090     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5091     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5092     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5093     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5094         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5095         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5096 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5097
5098 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5099
5100 class EraseEvent(Event):
5101     """
5102     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5103     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5104     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5105     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5106
5107     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5108     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5109     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5110
5111     """
5112     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5113     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5114     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5115         """
5116         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5117
5118         Constructor
5119         """
5120         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5121     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5122         """
5123         GetDC(self) -> DC
5124
5125         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5126         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5127         that instead.
5128         """
5129         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5130
5131 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5132
5133 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5134
5135 class FocusEvent(Event):
5136     """
5137     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5138     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5139     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5140
5141     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5142     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5143     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5144
5145     """
5146     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5147     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5148     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5149         """
5150         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5151
5152         Constructor
5153         """
5154         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5155     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5156         """
5157         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5158
5159         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5160         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5161         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5162
5163         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5164         """
5165         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5166
5167     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5168         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5169         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5170
5171 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5172
5173 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5174
5175 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5176     """
5177     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5178     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5179     heirarchy.
5180     """
5181     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5183     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5184         """
5185         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5186
5187         Constructor
5188         """
5189         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5190     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5191         """
5192         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5193
5194         The window which has just received the focus.
5195         """
5196         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5197
5198     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5199 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5200
5201 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5202
5203 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5204     """
5205     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5206     application is being activated or deactivated.
5207
5208     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5209     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5210     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5211     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5212     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5213     application frames being inactive.
5214
5215     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5216     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5217     doing so can result in strange effects.
5218
5219     """
5220     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5221     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5222     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5223         """
5224         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5225
5226         Constructor
5227         """
5228         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5229     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5230         """
5231         GetActive(self) -> bool
5232
5233         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5234         otherwise.
5235         """
5236         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5237
5238     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5239 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5240
5241 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5242
5243 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5244     """
5245     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5246     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5247     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5248     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5249     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5250     """
5251     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5252     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5253     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5254         """
5255         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5256
5257         Constructor
5258         """
5259         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5260 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5261
5262 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5263
5264 class MenuEvent(Event):
5265     """
5266     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5267     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5268     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5269
5270     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5271     text in the first field of the status bar.
5272     """
5273     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5274     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5275     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5276         """
5277         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5278
5279         Constructor
5280         """
5281         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5282     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5283         """
5284         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5285
5286         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5287         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5288         """
5289         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5290
5291     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5292         """
5293         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5294
5295         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5296         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5297         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5298         """
5299         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5300
5301     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5302         """
5303         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5304
5305         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5306         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5307         """
5308         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5309
5310 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5311
5312 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5313
5314 class CloseEvent(Event):
5315     """
5316     This event class contains information about window and session close
5317     events.
5318
5319     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5320     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5321     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5322     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5323     function.
5324
5325     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5326     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5327     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5328     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5329     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5330     files or to cancel the close.
5331
5332     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5333     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5334     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5335     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5336     """
5337     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5338     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5339     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5340         """
5341         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5342
5343         Constructor.
5344         """
5345         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5346     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5347         """
5348         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5349
5350         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5351         """
5352         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5353
5354     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5355         """
5356         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5357
5358         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5359         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5360         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5361         window event.
5362         """
5363         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5364
5365     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5366         """
5367         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5368
5369         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5370         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5371
5372         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5373         """
5374         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5375
5376     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5377         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5378         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5379
5380     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5381         """
5382         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5383
5384         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5385         """
5386         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5387
5388     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5389         """
5390         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5391
5392         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5393         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5394         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5395         must be called to check this.
5396         """
5397         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5398
5399     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5400     Veto = property(GetVeto,doc="See `GetVeto`")
5401 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5402
5403 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5404
5405 class ShowEvent(Event):
5406     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5407     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5408     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5409     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5410         """
5411         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5412
5413         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5414         """
5415         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5416     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5417         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5418         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5419
5420     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5421         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5422         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5423
5424 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5425
5426 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5427
5428 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5429     """
5430     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5431     restored.
5432     """
5433     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5434     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5435     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5436         """
5437         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5438
5439         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5440         restored.
5441         """
5442         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5443     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5444         """
5445         Iconized(self) -> bool
5446
5447         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5448         been restored.
5449         """
5450         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5451
5452 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5453
5454 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5455
5456 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5457     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5461         """
5462         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5463
5464         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5465         """
5466         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5467 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5468
5469 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5470
5471 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5472     """
5473     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5474     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5475     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5476     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5477
5478     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5479     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5480     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5481     dropping files.
5482
5483     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5484     events.
5485
5486     """
5487     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5488     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5489     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5490     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5491         """
5492         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5493
5494         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5495         """
5496         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5497
5498     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5499         """
5500         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5501
5502         Returns the number of files dropped.
5503         """
5504         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5505
5506     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5507         """
5508         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5509
5510         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5511         """
5512         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5513
5514     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5515     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5516     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5517 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5518
5519 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5520
5521 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5522 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5523 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5524     """
5525     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5526     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5527     interface elements.
5528
5529     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5530     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5531     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5532     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5533     menu item or button.
5534
5535     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5536     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5537     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5538     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5539     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5540     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5541     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5542
5543     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5544     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5545     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5546     update.
5547
5548     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5549     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5550     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5551
5552     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5553     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5554
5555        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5556           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5557           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5558           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5559           events.
5560
5561        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5562           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5563           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5564           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5565           delay before windows are updated.
5566
5567     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5568     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5569     from an internal idle handler.
5570
5571     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5572     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5573     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5574
5575     """
5576     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5577     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5578     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5579         """
5580         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5581
5582         Constructor
5583         """
5584         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5585     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5586         """
5587         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5588
5589         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5590         """
5591         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5592
5593     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5594         """
5595         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5596
5597         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5598         """
5599         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5600
5601     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5602         """
5603         GetShown(self) -> bool
5604
5605         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5606         """
5607         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5608
5609     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5610         """
5611         GetText(self) -> String
5612
5613         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5614         """
5615         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5616
5617     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5618         """
5619         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5620
5621         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5622         wxWidgets internal use only.
5623         """
5624         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5625
5626     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5627         """
5628         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5629
5630         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5631         internal use only.
5632         """
5633         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5634
5635     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5636         """
5637         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5638
5639         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5640         internal use only.
5641         """
5642         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5643
5644     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5645         """
5646         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5647
5648         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5649         internal use only.
5650         """
5651         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5652
5653     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5654         """
5655         Check(self, bool check)
5656
5657         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5658         """
5659         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5660
5661     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5662         """
5663         Enable(self, bool enable)
5664
5665         Enable or disable the UI element.
5666         """
5667         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5668
5669     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5670         """
5671         Show(self, bool show)
5672
5673         Show or hide the UI element.
5674         """
5675         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5676
5677     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         SetText(self, String text)
5680
5681         Sets the text for this UI element.
5682         """
5683         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5684
5685     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5686         """
5687         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5688
5689         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5690         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5691         default is 0.
5692
5693         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5694         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5695         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5696         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5697         about to be shown.
5698         """
5699         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5700
5701     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5702     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5703         """
5704         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5705
5706         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5707         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5708         """
5709         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5710
5711     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5712     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5713         """
5714         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5715
5716         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5717         to) this window.
5718
5719         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5720         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5721         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5722         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5723         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5724         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5725         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5726         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5727         interval.
5728
5729         """
5730         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5731
5732     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5733     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5734         """
5735         ResetUpdateTime()
5736
5737         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5738         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5739         is called at the end of idle processing.
5740         """
5741         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5742
5743     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5744     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5745         """
5746         SetMode(int mode)
5747
5748         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5749         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5750
5751         The mode may be one of the following values:
5752
5753             =============================   ==========================================
5754             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5755                                             is the default setting.
5756             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5757                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5758                                             style set.
5759             =============================   ==========================================
5760
5761         """
5762         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5763
5764     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5765     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5766         """
5767         GetMode() -> int
5768
5769         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5770         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5771         events.
5772         """
5773         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5774
5775     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5776 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5777
5778 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5779   """
5780     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5781
5782     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5783     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5784     default is 0.
5785
5786     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5787     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5788     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5789     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5790     about to be shown.
5791     """
5792   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5793
5794 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5795   """
5796     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5797
5798     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5799     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5800     """
5801   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5802
5803 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5804   """
5805     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5806
5807     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5808     to) this window.
5809
5810     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5811     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5812     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5813     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5814     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5815     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5816     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5817     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5818     interval.
5819
5820     """
5821   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5822
5823 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5824   """
5825     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5826
5827     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5828     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5829     is called at the end of idle processing.
5830     """
5831   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5832
5833 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5834   """
5835     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5836
5837     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5838     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5839
5840     The mode may be one of the following values:
5841
5842         =============================   ==========================================
5843         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5844                                         is the default setting.
5845         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5846                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5847                                         style set.
5848         =============================   ==========================================
5849
5850     """
5851   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5852
5853 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5854   """
5855     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5856
5857     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5858     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5859     events.
5860     """
5861   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5862
5863 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5864
5865 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5866     """
5867     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5868     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5869     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5870
5871     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5872     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5873     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5874     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5875     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5876
5877     """
5878     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5879     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5880     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5881         """
5882         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5883
5884         Constructor
5885         """
5886         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5887 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5888
5889 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5890
5891 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5892     """
5893     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5894     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5895     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5896     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5897     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5898
5899     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5900     """
5901     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5902     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5903     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5904         """
5905         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5906
5907         Constructor
5908         """
5909         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5910     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5911         """
5912         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5913
5914         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5915         non-wxWidgets window.
5916         """
5917         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5920
5921 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5922
5923 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
5924     """
5925     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5926     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5927     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5928     the mouse.
5929
5930     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5931     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5932     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5933     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5934     ReleaseMouse.
5935
5936     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5937
5938     """
5939     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5940     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5941     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5942         """
5943         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
5944
5945         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5946         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5947         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5948         the mouse.
5949
5950         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5951         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5952         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5953         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5954         ReleaseMouse.
5955
5956         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5957
5958         """
5959         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5960 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
5961
5962 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5963
5964 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5965     """
5966     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5967     resolution has changed.
5968
5969     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5970     """
5971     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5972     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5973     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5974         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5975         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5976 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5977
5978 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5979
5980 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5981     """
5982     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5983     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5984     match.
5985
5986     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5987     """
5988     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5989     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5990     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5991         """
5992         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5993
5994         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5995         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5996         match.
5997
5998         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5999         """
6000         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6001     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6002         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6003         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6004
6005     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6006         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6007         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6008
6009 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6010
6011 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6012
6013 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6014     """
6015     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6016     focus and should re-do its palette.
6017
6018     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6019     """
6020     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6021     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6022     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6023         """
6024         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6025
6026         Constructor.
6027         """
6028         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6029     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6030         """
6031         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6032
6033         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6034         """
6035         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6036
6037     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6038         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6039         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6040
6041 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6042
6043 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6044
6045 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6046     """
6047     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6048     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6049     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6050     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6051     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6052     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6053     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6054     """
6055     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6056     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6057     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6058         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6059         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6060     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6061         """
6062         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6063
6064         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6065         """
6066         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6067
6068     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6069         """
6070         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6071
6072         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6073         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6074         """
6075         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6076
6077     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6078         """
6079         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6080
6081         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6082         """
6083         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6084
6085     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6086         """
6087         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6088
6089         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6090         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6091         by using Control-Tab.
6092         """
6093         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6094
6095     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6096         """
6097         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6098
6099         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6100         key.
6101         """
6102         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6103
6104     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6105         """
6106         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6107
6108         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6109         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6110         """
6111         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6112
6113     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6114         """
6115         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6116
6117         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6118
6119             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6120             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6121             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6122             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6123
6124         """
6125         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6126
6127     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6128         """
6129         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6130
6131         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6132         ``None``.
6133         """
6134         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6135
6136     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6137         """
6138         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6139
6140         Set the window that has the focus.
6141         """
6142         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6143
6144     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6145     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6146     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6147     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6148 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6149
6150 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6151
6152 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6153     """
6154     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6155     underlying GUI object) exists.
6156     """
6157     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6158     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6159     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6160         """
6161         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6162
6163         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6164         underlying GUI object) exists.
6165         """
6166         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6167     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6168         """
6169         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6170
6171         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6172         """
6173         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6174
6175 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6176
6177 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6178     """
6179     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6180     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6181
6182     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6183     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6184     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6185     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6186     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6187     notification of the destruction of another window.
6188     """
6189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6192         """
6193         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6194
6195         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6196         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6197
6198         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6199         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6200         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6201         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6202         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6203         notification of the destruction of another window.
6204         """
6205         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6206     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6207         """
6208         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6209
6210         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6211         """
6212         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6213
6214 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6215
6216 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6217
6218 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6219     """
6220     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6221     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6222     """
6223     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6224     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6225     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6226         """
6227         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6228
6229         Constructor.
6230         """
6231         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6232     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6233         """
6234         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6235
6236         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6237         be shown.
6238         """
6239         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6240
6241     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6242         """
6243         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6244
6245         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6246         """
6247         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6248
6249     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6250 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6251
6252 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6253
6254 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6255 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6256 class IdleEvent(Event):
6257     """
6258     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6259     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6260     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6261     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6262     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6263     events and then becomes empty again.
6264
6265     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6266     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6267     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6268     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6269     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6270     to those windows and not to any others.
6271     """
6272     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6273     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6274     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6275         """
6276         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6277
6278         Constructor
6279         """
6280         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6281     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6282         """
6283         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6284
6285         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6286         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6287         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6288         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6289         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6290         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6291         system.
6292         """
6293         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6294
6295     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6296         """
6297         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6298
6299         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6300         requested more processing time.
6301         """
6302         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6303
6304     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6305         """
6306         SetMode(int mode)
6307
6308         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6309         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6310         events.
6311
6312         The mode can be one of the following values:
6313
6314             =========================   ========================================
6315             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6316             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6317                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6318                                         flag set.
6319             =========================   ========================================
6320
6321         """
6322         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6323
6324     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6325     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6326         """
6327         GetMode() -> int
6328
6329         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6330         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6331         will process the events.
6332         """
6333         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6334
6335     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6336     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6337         """
6338         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6339
6340         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6341         window.
6342
6343         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6344         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6345         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6346         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6347         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6348         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6349         """
6350         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6351
6352     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6353 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6354
6355 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6356   """
6357     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6358
6359     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6360     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6361     events.
6362
6363     The mode can be one of the following values:
6364
6365         =========================   ========================================
6366         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6367         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6368                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6369                                     flag set.
6370         =========================   ========================================
6371
6372     """
6373   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6374
6375 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6376   """
6377     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6378
6379     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6380     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6381     will process the events.
6382     """
6383   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6384
6385 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6386   """
6387     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6388
6389     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6390     window.
6391
6392     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6393     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6394     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6395     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6396     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6397     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6398     """
6399   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6400
6401 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6402
6403 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6404     """
6405     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6406     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6407     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6408     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6409     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6410     """
6411     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6412     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6413     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6414         """
6415         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6416
6417         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6418         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6419         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6420         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6421         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6422         """
6423         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6424 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6425
6426 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6427
6428 class PyEvent(Event):
6429     """
6430     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6431     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6432     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6433     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6434     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6435
6436     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6437
6438     """
6439     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6440     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6441     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6442         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6443         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6444         self._SetSelf(self)
6445
6446     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6447     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6448     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6449         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6450         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6451
6452     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6453         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6454         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6455
6456 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6457
6458 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6459     """
6460     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6461     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6462     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6463     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6464     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6465     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6466
6467     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6468
6469     """
6470     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6471     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6472     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6473         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6474         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6475         self._SetSelf(self)
6476
6477     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6478     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6479     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6480         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6481         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6482
6483     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6484         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6485         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6486
6487 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6488
6489 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6490     """
6491     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6492     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6493     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6494     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6495     """
6496     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6497     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6498     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6499         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6500         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6501     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6502         """
6503         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6504
6505         Returns the date.
6506         """
6507         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6508
6509     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6510         """
6511         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6512
6513         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6514         internally.
6515         """
6516         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6517
6518     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6519 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6520
6521 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6522 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6523
6524 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6525
6526 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6527 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6528 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6529 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6530 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6531 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6532 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6533     """
6534     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6535     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6536     """
6537     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6538     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6539     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6540         """
6541         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6542
6543         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6544         """
6545         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6546         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6547         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6548
6549     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6550     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6551     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6552         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6553         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """
6557         GetAppName(self) -> String
6558
6559         Get the application name.
6560         """
6561         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6562
6563     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6564         """
6565         SetAppName(self, String name)
6566
6567         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6568         `wx.Config` and such.
6569         """
6570         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6571
6572     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6573         """
6574         GetClassName(self) -> String
6575
6576         Get the application's class name.
6577         """
6578         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6579
6580     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6581         """
6582         SetClassName(self, String name)
6583
6584         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6585         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6586         """
6587         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6588
6589     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6590         """
6591         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6592
6593         Get the application's vendor name.
6594         """
6595         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6596
6597     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6598         """
6599         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6600
6601         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6602         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6603         """
6604         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6605
6606     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6607         """
6608         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6609
6610         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6611         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6612         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6613         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6614         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6615         differences behind the common facade.
6616
6617         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6618         """
6619         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6620
6621     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6622         """
6623         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6624
6625         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6626         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6627         during each event loop iteration.
6628         """
6629         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6630
6631     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6632         """
6633         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6634
6635         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6636         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6637         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6638
6639         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6640               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6641               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6642               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6643
6644         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6645
6646         """
6647         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6648
6649     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6650         """
6651         WakeUpIdle(self)
6652
6653         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6654         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6655         """
6656         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6657
6658     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6659         """
6660         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6661
6662         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6663         currently be dispatched.
6664         """
6665         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6666
6667     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6668     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6669         """
6670         MainLoop(self) -> int
6671
6672         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6673         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6674         """
6675         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6676
6677     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6678         """
6679         Exit(self)
6680
6681         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6682         :see: `wx.Exit`
6683         """
6684         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6687         """
6688         ExitMainLoop(self)
6689
6690         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6691         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6692         """
6693         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6694
6695     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6696         """
6697         Pending(self) -> bool
6698
6699         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6700         """
6701         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6702
6703     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6704         """
6705         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6706
6707         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6708         appears if there are none currently)
6709         """
6710         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6711
6712     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6713         """
6714         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6715
6716         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6717         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6718         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6719         """
6720         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6721
6722     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6723         """
6724         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6725
6726         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6727         idle time is requested.
6728         """
6729         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6730
6731     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6732         """
6733         IsActive(self) -> bool
6734
6735         Return True if our app has focus.
6736         """
6737         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6738
6739     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6740         """
6741         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6742
6743         Set the *main* top level window
6744         """
6745         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6746
6747     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6748         """
6749         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6750
6751         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6752         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6753         there not any, will return None)
6754         """
6755         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6756
6757     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6758         """
6759         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6760
6761         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6762         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6763         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6764         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6765         explicitly from somewhere.
6766         """
6767         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6768
6769     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6770         """
6771         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6772
6773         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6774         """
6775         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6776
6777     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6778         """
6779         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6780
6781         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6782         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6783         """
6784         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6785
6786     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6787         """
6788         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6789
6790         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6791         """
6792         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6793
6794     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6795         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6796         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6797
6798     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6799         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6800         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6801
6802     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6803         """
6804         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6805
6806         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6807         """
6808         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6809
6810     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6811         """
6812         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6813
6814         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6815         """
6816         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6817
6818     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6819         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6820         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6821
6822     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6823     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6824         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6825         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6826
6827     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6828     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6829         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6830         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6831
6832     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6833     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6834         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6835         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6836
6837     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6838     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6839         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6840         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6841
6842     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6843     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6844         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6845         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6848     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6849         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6850         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6851
6852     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6853     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6854         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6855         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6856
6857     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6858     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6859         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6860         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6861
6862     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6863     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6864         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6865         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6866
6867     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6868     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6869         """
6870         _BootstrapApp(self)
6871
6872         For internal use only
6873         """
6874         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6875
6876     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6877         """
6878         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6879
6880         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6881         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6882         """
6883         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6886     def DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
6887         """
6888         DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6889
6890         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6891         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6892
6893            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6894              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6895              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6896
6897            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6898              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6899              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6900              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6901
6902            * On MS Windows...
6903
6904         """
6905         return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
6906
6907     DisplayAvailable = staticmethod(DisplayAvailable)
6908 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6909
6910 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6911   """
6912     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6913
6914     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6915     currently be dispatched.
6916     """
6917   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6918
6919 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6920   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6921   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6922
6923 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6924   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6925   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6926
6927 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6928   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6929   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6930
6931 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6932   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6933   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6934
6935 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6936   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6937   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6938
6939 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6940   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6941   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6942
6943 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6944   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6945   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6946
6947 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6948   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6949   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6950
6951 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6952   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6953   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6954
6955 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6956   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6957   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6958
6959 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6960   """
6961     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6962
6963     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6964     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6965     """
6966   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6967
6968 def PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args):
6969   """
6970     PyApp_DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6971
6972     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6973     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6974
6975        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6976          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6977          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6978
6979        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6980          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6981          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6982          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6983
6984        * On MS Windows...
6985
6986     """
6987   return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args)
6988
6989 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6990
6991
6992 def Exit(*args):
6993   """
6994     Exit()
6995
6996     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6997     """
6998   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6999
7000 def Yield(*args):
7001   """
7002     Yield() -> bool
7003
7004     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7005     """
7006   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7007
7008 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7009   """
7010     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7011
7012     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7013     """
7014   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7015
7016 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7017   """
7018     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7019
7020     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7021     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7022     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7023     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7024     interaction.
7025
7026     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7027     """
7028   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7029
7030 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7031   """
7032     WakeUpIdle()
7033
7034     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7035     sent.
7036     """
7037   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7038
7039 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7040   """
7041     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7042
7043     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7044     later.
7045     """
7046   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7047
7048 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7049   """
7050     App_CleanUp()
7051
7052     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7053     Python shuts down.
7054     """
7055   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7056
7057 def GetApp(*args):
7058   """
7059     GetApp() -> PyApp
7060
7061     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7062     """
7063   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7064
7065 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7066   """
7067     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7068
7069     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7070     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7071
7072     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7073     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7074     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7075     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7076     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7077     """
7078   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7079
7080 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7081   """
7082     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7083
7084     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7085     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7086     """
7087   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7088 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7089
7090 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7091     """
7092     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7093     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7094     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7095     and write the text there.
7096     """
7097     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7098         self.frame  = None
7099         self.title  = title
7100         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7101         self.size   = (450, 300)
7102         self.parent = None
7103
7104     def SetParent(self, parent):
7105         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7106         self.parent = parent
7107
7108
7109     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7110         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7111                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7112         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7113                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7114         self.text.AppendText(st)
7115         self.frame.Show(True)
7116         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7117
7118
7119     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7120         if self.frame is not None:
7121             self.frame.Destroy()
7122         self.frame = None
7123         self.text  = None
7124
7125
7126     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7127     def write(self, text):
7128         """
7129         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7130         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7131         CallAfter to do the work there.
7132         """
7133         if self.frame is None:
7134             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7135                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7136             else:
7137                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7138         else:
7139             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7140                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7141             else:
7142                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7143
7144
7145     def close(self):
7146         if self.frame is not None:
7147             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7148
7149
7150     def flush(self):
7151         pass
7152
7153
7154
7155 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7156
7157 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7158
7159 class App(wx.PyApp):
7160     """
7161     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7162
7163       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7164         gui toolkit
7165       * set and get application-wide properties
7166       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7167         and to dispatch events to window instances
7168       * etc.
7169
7170     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7171     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7172     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7173     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7174
7175     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7176     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7177     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7178
7179     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7180            directly.
7181     """
7182
7183     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7184
7185     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7186                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7187         """
7188         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7189
7190         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7191             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7192             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7193             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7194             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7195             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7196             class of your choosing.)
7197
7198         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7199             redirect is True.
7200
7201         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7202             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7203             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7204             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7205             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7206             toolkit is initialized.
7207
7208         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7209             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7210             GUI apps will.
7211
7212         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7213             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7214             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7215         """
7216
7217         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7218
7219         # make sure we can create a GUI
7220         if not self.DisplayAvailable():
7221
7222             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7223                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7224 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7225 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7226
7227             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7228                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7229
7230             else:
7231                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7232                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7233
7234             raise SystemExit(msg)
7235
7236         # This has to be done before OnInit
7237         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7238
7239         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7240         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7241         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7242         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7243         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7244         # expected (depending on platform.)
7245         if clearSigInt:
7246             try:
7247                 import signal
7248                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7249             except:
7250                 pass
7251
7252         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7253         self.stdioWin = None
7254         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7255         if redirect:
7256             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7257
7258         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7259         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7260
7261         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7262         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7263         self._BootstrapApp()
7264
7265
7266     def OnPreInit(self):
7267         """
7268         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7269         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7270         that OnInit is called.
7271         """
7272         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7273
7274
7275     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7276         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7277         destroy(self)
7278
7279     def Destroy(self):
7280         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7281         self.thisown = 0
7282
7283     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7284         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7285         if self.stdioWin:
7286             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7287         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7288
7289
7290     def MainLoop(self):
7291         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7292         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7293         self.RestoreStdio()
7294
7295
7296     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7297         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7298         if filename:
7299             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7300         else:
7301             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7302             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7303
7304
7305     def RestoreStdio(self):
7306         try:
7307             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7308         except:
7309             pass
7310
7311
7312     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7313         """
7314         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7315         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7316         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7317         """
7318         if self.stdioWin:
7319             if title is not None:
7320                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7321             if pos is not None:
7322                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7323             if size is not None:
7324                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7330 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7331 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7332 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7333 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7334 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7335 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7336 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7337 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7338 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7339 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7340 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7341
7342 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7343
7344 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7345     """
7346     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7347     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7348     about OnInit.  For example::
7349
7350         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7351         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7352         frame.Show()
7353         app.MainLoop()
7354
7355     :see: `wx.App`
7356     """
7357
7358     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7359                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7360         """
7361         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7362         """
7363         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7364
7365     def OnInit(self):
7366         return True
7367
7368
7369
7370 # Is anybody using this one?
7371 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7372     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7373         self.size = size
7374         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7375
7376     def OnInit(self):
7377         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7378         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7379         return True
7380
7381     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7382         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7383         self.frame.Show(True)
7384
7385 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7386 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7387 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7388 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7389 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7390
7391 class __wxPyCleanup:
7392     def __init__(self):
7393         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7394     def __del__(self):
7395         self.cleanup()
7396
7397 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7398
7399 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7400 ## import atexit
7401 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7402
7403
7404 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7405
7406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7407
7408 class EventLoop(object):
7409     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7410     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7411     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7412     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7413         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7414         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7415     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7416     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7417     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7418         """Run(self) -> int"""
7419         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7420
7421     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7422         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7423         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7424
7425     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7426         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7427         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7428
7429     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7430         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7431         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7432
7433     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7434         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7435         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7436
7437     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7438         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7439         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7440
7441     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7442     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7443         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7444         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7445
7446     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7447 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7448
7449 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7450   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7451   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7452
7453 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7454   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7455   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7456
7457 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7458     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7459     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7460     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7461     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7462         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7463         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7464     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7465     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7466 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7467
7468 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7469
7470 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7471 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7472 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7473 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7474 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7475 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7476     """
7477     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7478     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7479     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7480     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7481
7482     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7483     """
7484     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7485     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7486     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7487         """
7488         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7489
7490         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7491         """
7492         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7493     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7494     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7495     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7496         """
7497         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7498
7499         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7500         :see `__init__`
7501         """
7502         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7503
7504     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7505         """
7506         GetFlags(self) -> int
7507
7508         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7509         """
7510         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7511
7512     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7513         """
7514         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7515
7516         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7517         """
7518         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7519
7520     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7521         """
7522         GetCommand(self) -> int
7523
7524         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7525         """
7526         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7527
7528     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7529     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7530     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7531 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7532
7533 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7534     """
7535     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7536     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7537     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7538     supported.
7539     """
7540     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7541     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7542     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7543         """
7544         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7545
7546         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7547         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7548
7549         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7550         """
7551         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7552     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7553     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7554     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7555         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7556         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7557
7558 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7559
7560
7561 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7562   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7563   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7564 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7565
7566 class VisualAttributes(object):
7567     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7568     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7569     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7570     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7571         """
7572         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7573
7574         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7575         """
7576         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7577     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7578     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7579     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7580     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7581     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7582 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7583 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7584 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7585
7586 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7587 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7588 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7589 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7590 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7591 class Window(EvtHandler):
7592     """
7593     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7594     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7595     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7596     appear on screen themselves.
7597
7598     """
7599     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7600     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7601     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7602         """
7603         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7604             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7605
7606         Construct and show a generic Window.
7607         """
7608         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7609         self._setOORInfo(self)
7610
7611     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7612         """
7613         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7614             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7615
7616         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7617         """
7618         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7619
7620     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7621         """
7622         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7623
7624         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7625         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7626         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7627         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7628         """
7629         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7630
7631     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7632         """
7633         Destroy(self) -> bool
7634
7635         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7636         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7637         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7638         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7639         non-existent windows.
7640
7641         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7642         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7643         """
7644         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7645         args[0].thisown = 0
7646         return val
7647
7648     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7649         """
7650         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7651
7652         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7653         destructor.
7654         """
7655         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7656
7657     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7658         """
7659         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7660
7661         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7662         """
7663         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7664
7665     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7666         """
7667         SetLabel(self, String label)
7668
7669         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7670         """
7671         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7672
7673     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7674         """
7675         GetLabel(self) -> String
7676
7677         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7678         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7679         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7680         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7681         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7682         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7683         """
7684         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7685
7686     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7687         """
7688         SetName(self, String name)
7689
7690         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7691         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7692         """
7693         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7694
7695     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7696         """
7697         GetName(self) -> String
7698
7699         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7700         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7701         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7702         """
7703         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7704
7705     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7706         """
7707         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7708
7709         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7710         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7711         """
7712         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7713
7714     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7715         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7716         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7717
7718     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7719         """
7720         SetId(self, int winid)
7721
7722         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7723         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7724         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7725         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7726         """
7727         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7728
7729     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7730         """
7731         GetId(self) -> int
7732
7733         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7734         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7735         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7736         generated.
7737         """
7738         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7739
7740     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7741         """
7742         NewControlId() -> int
7743
7744         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7745         """
7746         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7747
7748     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7749     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7750         """
7751         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7752
7753         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7754         autogenerated) id
7755         """
7756         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7757
7758     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7759     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7760         """
7761         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7762
7763         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7764         autogenerated) id
7765         """
7766         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7767
7768     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7769     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7770         """
7771         SetSize(self, Size size)
7772
7773         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7774         """
7775         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7776
7777     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7778         """
7779         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7780
7781         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7782         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7783         equal to -1.
7784
7785             ========================  ======================================
7786             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7787                                       default should be used.
7788             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7789                                       -1 values are supplied.
7790             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7791                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7792                                       default values.
7793             ========================  ======================================
7794
7795         """
7796         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7797
7798     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7799         """
7800         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7801
7802         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7803         """
7804         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7805
7806     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7807         """
7808         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7809
7810         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7811         """
7812         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7813
7814     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7815         """
7816         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7817
7818         Moves the window to the given position.
7819         """
7820         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7821
7822     SetPosition = Move
7823     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7824         """
7825         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7826
7827         Moves the window to the given position.
7828         """
7829         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7830
7831     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7832         """
7833         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7834
7835         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7836         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7837         """
7838         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7839
7840     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7841         """
7842         Raise(self)
7843
7844         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7845         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7846         """
7847         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7848
7849     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7850         """
7851         Lower(self)
7852
7853         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7854         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7855         """
7856         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7857
7858     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7859         """
7860         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7861
7862         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7863         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7864         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7865         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7866         around panel items, for example.
7867         """
7868         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7869
7870     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7871         """
7872         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7873
7874         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7875         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7876         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7877         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7878         around panel items, for example.
7879         """
7880         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7885
7886         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7887         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7888         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7889         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7890         around panel items, for example.
7891         """
7892         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7893
7894     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7895         """
7896         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7897
7898         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7899         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7900         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7901         kinds of windows.
7902         """
7903         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7904
7905     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7906         """
7907         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7908
7909         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7910         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7911         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7912         kinds of windows.
7913         """
7914         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7915
7916     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7917         """
7918         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7919
7920         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7921         """
7922         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7923
7924     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7925         """
7926         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7927
7928         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7929         """
7930         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7931
7932     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7933         """
7934         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7935
7936         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7937         a `wx.Rect` object.
7938         """
7939         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7940
7941     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7942         """
7943         GetSize(self) -> Size
7944
7945         Get the window size.
7946         """
7947         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7948
7949     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7950         """
7951         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7952
7953         Get the window size.
7954         """
7955         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7956
7957     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7958         """
7959         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7960
7961         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7962         """
7963         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7964
7965     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7966         """
7967         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7968
7969         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7970         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7971         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7972         """
7973         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7974
7975     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7976         """
7977         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7978
7979         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7980         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7981         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7982         """
7983         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7984
7985     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7986         """
7987         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7988
7989         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7990         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7991         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7992         """
7993         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7994
7995     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7996         """
7997         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7998
7999         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8000         """
8001         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8002
8003     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8004         """
8005         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8006
8007         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8008         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8009         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8010         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8011         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8012         after calling Fit.
8013         """
8014         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8015
8016     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8017         """
8018         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8019
8020         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8021         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8022         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8023         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8024         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8025         after calling Fit.
8026         """
8027         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8028
8029     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8030         """
8031         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8032
8033         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8034         time it is needed.
8035         """
8036         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """
8040         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8041
8042         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8043         some properties of the window change.)
8044         """
8045         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8046
8047     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8048         """
8049         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8050
8051         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8052         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8053         the results.
8054
8055         """
8056         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8057
8058     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8059         """
8060         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8061
8062         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8063         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8064         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8065         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8066         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8067         tolerate.
8068         """
8069         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8070
8071     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8072         """
8073         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8074
8075         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8076         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8077         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8078         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8079         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8080         relative to the screen.
8081         """
8082         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8083
8084     Centre = Center
8085     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8086         """
8087         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8088
8089         Center with respect to the the parent window
8090         """
8091         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8092
8093     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8094     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8095         """
8096         Fit(self)
8097
8098         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8099         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8100         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8101         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8102         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8103         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8104         instead of calling Fit.
8105         """
8106         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8107
8108     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8109         """
8110         FitInside(self)
8111
8112         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8113         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8114         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8115         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8116         anything if there are no subwindows.
8117         """
8118         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8119
8120     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8121         """
8122         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8123             int incH=-1)
8124
8125         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8126         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8127         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8128         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8129         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8130         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8131
8132         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8133         """
8134         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8135
8136     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8137         """
8138         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8139
8140         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8141         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8142         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8143         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8144         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8145         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8146
8147         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8148         """
8149         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8150
8151     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8152         """
8153         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8154
8155         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8156         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8157         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8158         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8159         """
8160         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8161
8162     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8163         """
8164         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8165
8166         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8167         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8168         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8169         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8170         """
8171         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8172
8173     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8174         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8175         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8176
8177     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8178         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8179         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """
8183         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8184
8185         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8186         min size.
8187         """
8188         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8191         """
8192         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8193
8194         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8195         max size.
8196         """
8197         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8198
8199     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8200         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8201         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8202
8203     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8204         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8205         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8206
8207     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8208         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8209         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8213         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8214
8215     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8216         """
8217         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8218
8219         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8220         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8221         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8222         """
8223         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8224
8225     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8226         """
8227         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8228
8229         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8230         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8231         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8232         """
8233         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8234
8235     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8236         """
8237         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8238
8239         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8240         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8241         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8242         """
8243         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8244
8245     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8246         """
8247         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8248
8249         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8250         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8251         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8252         """
8253         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8254
8255     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8256         """
8257         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8258
8259         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8260         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8261         """
8262         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8263
8264     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8265         """
8266         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8267
8268         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8269         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8270         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8271         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8272         because it already was in the requested state.
8273         """
8274         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8275
8276     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8277         """
8278         Hide(self) -> bool
8279
8280         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8281         """
8282         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8283
8284     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8285         """
8286         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8287
8288         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8289         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8290         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8291         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8292         window had already been in the specified state.
8293         """
8294         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8295
8296     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8297         """
8298         Disable(self) -> bool
8299
8300         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8301         """
8302         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8303
8304     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8305         """
8306         IsShown(self) -> bool
8307
8308         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8309         """
8310         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8311
8312     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8313         """
8314         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8315
8316         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8317         """
8318         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8319
8320     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8321         """
8322         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8323
8324         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8325         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8326         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8327         immediately.
8328         """
8329         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8330
8331     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8332         """
8333         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8334
8335         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8336         method.
8337         """
8338         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8339
8340     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8341     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8342         """
8343         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8344
8345         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8346         """
8347         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8348
8349     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8350         """
8351         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8352
8353         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8354         windows are only available on X platforms.
8355         """
8356         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8357
8358     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8359         """
8360         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8361
8362         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8363         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8364         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8365         """
8366         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8367
8368     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8369         """
8370         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8371
8372         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8373         """
8374         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8375
8376     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8377         """
8378         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8379
8380         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8381         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8382         effect.
8383         """
8384         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8385
8386     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8387         """
8388         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8389
8390         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8391          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8392          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8393          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8394          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8395          user's selected theme.
8396
8397         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8398         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8399         """
8400         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8401
8402     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8403         """
8404         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8405
8406         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8407         """
8408         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8409
8410     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8411         """
8412         SetFocus(self)
8413
8414         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8415         """
8416         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8417
8418     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8419         """
8420         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8421
8422         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8423         only called internally.
8424         """
8425         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8426
8427     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8428         """
8429         FindFocus() -> Window
8430
8431         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8432         or None.
8433         """
8434         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8435
8436     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8437     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8438         """
8439         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8440
8441         Can this window have focus?
8442         """
8443         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8444
8445     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8446         """
8447         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8448
8449         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8450         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8451         it.
8452         """
8453         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8454
8455     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8456         """
8457         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8458
8459         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8460         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8461         """
8462         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8463
8464     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8465         """
8466         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8467
8468         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8469         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8470         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8471
8472         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8473         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8474         windows.
8475
8476         """
8477         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8478
8479     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8480         """
8481         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8482
8483         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8484         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8485         """
8486         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8487
8488     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8489         """
8490         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8491
8492         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8493         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8494         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8495         do not change.
8496         """
8497         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8498
8499     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8500         """
8501         GetParent(self) -> Window
8502
8503         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8504         """
8505         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8506
8507     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8508         """
8509         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8510
8511         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8512         isn't one.
8513         """
8514         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8515
8516     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8517         """
8518         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8519
8520         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8521         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8522         if they have a parent window).
8523         """
8524         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8525
8526     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8527         """
8528         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8529
8530         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8531         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8532         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8533         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8534         oldParent)
8535         """
8536         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8537
8538     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8539         """
8540         AddChild(self, Window child)
8541
8542         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8543         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8544         """
8545         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8546
8547     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8548         """
8549         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8550
8551         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8552         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8553         programmer.
8554         """
8555         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8556
8557     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8558         """
8559         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8560
8561         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8562         """
8563         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8564
8565     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8566         """
8567         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8568
8569         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8570         """
8571         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8572
8573     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8574         """
8575         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8576
8577         Find a child of this window by name
8578         """
8579         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8580
8581     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8582         """
8583         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8584
8585         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8586         its own event handler.
8587         """
8588         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8589
8590     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8591         """
8592         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8593
8594         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8595         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8596         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8597         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8598         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8599
8600         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8601         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8602         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8603         """
8604         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8605
8606     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8607         """
8608         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8609
8610         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8611         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8612         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8613         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8614         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8615         window classes.
8616
8617         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8618         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8619         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8620         remove the event handler.
8621         """
8622         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8623
8624     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8625         """
8626         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8627
8628         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8629         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8630         destroyed after it is popped.
8631         """
8632         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8633
8634     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8635         """
8636         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8637
8638         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8639         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8640         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8641         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8642         there.)
8643         """
8644         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8645
8646     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8647         """
8648         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8649
8650         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8651         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8652         type.
8653         """
8654         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8655
8656     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8657         """
8658         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8659
8660         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8661         there is none.
8662         """
8663         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8664
8665     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8666         """
8667         Validate(self) -> bool
8668
8669         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8670         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8671         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8672         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8673         """
8674         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8675
8676     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8677         """
8678         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8679
8680         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8681         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8682         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8683         all child windows.
8684         """
8685         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8686
8687     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8688         """
8689         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8690
8691         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8692         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8693         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8694         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8695         """
8696         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8697
8698     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8699         """
8700         InitDialog(self)
8701
8702         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8703         to the dialog via validators.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8710
8711         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8712         """
8713         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8714
8715     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8716         """
8717         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8718
8719         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8720         """
8721         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8722
8723     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8724         """
8725         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8726
8727         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8728         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8729         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8730         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8731         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8732         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8733         hotkey was registered successfully.
8734         """
8735         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8736
8737     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8738         """
8739         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8740
8741         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8742         """
8743         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8744
8745     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8746         """
8747         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8748
8749         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8750         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8751         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8752         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8753         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8754         then divided by 8.
8755         """
8756         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8757
8758     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8759         """
8760         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8761
8762         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8763         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8764         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8765         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8766         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8767         then divided by 8.
8768         """
8769         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8770
8771     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8772         """
8773         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8774
8775         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8776         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8777         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8778         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8779         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8780         then divided by 8.
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8787
8788         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8789         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8790         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8791         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8792         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8793         then divided by 8.
8794         """
8795         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8796
8797     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8798         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8799         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8800
8801     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8802         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8803         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8804
8805     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8806         """
8807         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8808
8809         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8810
8811         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8812         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8813         """
8814         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8815
8816     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8817         """
8818         CaptureMouse(self)
8819
8820         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8821         release the capture.
8822
8823         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8824         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8825         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8826         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8827         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
8828         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
8829
8830         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
8831         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
8832         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
8833         recapture mouse.
8834         """
8835         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8836
8837     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8838         """
8839         ReleaseMouse(self)
8840
8841         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8842         """
8843         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8844
8845     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8846         """
8847         GetCapture() -> Window
8848
8849         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8854     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8855         """
8856         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8857
8858         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8859         """
8860         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8861
8862     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8863         """
8864         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8865
8866         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8867         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8868         to the window.
8869         """
8870         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8871
8872     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8873         """
8874         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8875
8876         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8877         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8878         """
8879         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8880
8881     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8882         """
8883         Update(self)
8884
8885         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8886         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8887         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8888         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8889         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8890         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8891         it) unconditionally.
8892         """
8893         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8894
8895     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8896         """
8897         ClearBackground(self)
8898
8899         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8900         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8901         """
8902         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8903
8904     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8905         """
8906         Freeze(self)
8907
8908         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8909         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8910         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8911         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8912         been undone.
8913
8914         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8915         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8916         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8917         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8918         mandatory directive.
8919         """
8920         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8921
8922     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8923         """
8924         Thaw(self)
8925
8926         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8927         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8928         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8929         """
8930         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8931
8932     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8933         """
8934         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8935
8936         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8937         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8938         scroll position.
8939         """
8940         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8941
8942     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8943         """
8944         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8945
8946         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8947         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8948         """
8949         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8950
8951     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8952         """
8953         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8954
8955         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8956         """
8957         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8958
8959     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8960         """
8961         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8962
8963         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8964         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8965         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8966         exposed.
8967         """
8968         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8969
8970     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8971         """
8972         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8973
8974         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8975         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8976         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8977         exposed.
8978         """
8979         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8980
8981     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8982         """
8983         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8984
8985         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8986         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8987         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8988         exposed.
8989         """
8990         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8991
8992     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8993         """
8994         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8995
8996         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8997         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8998         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8999         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9000         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9001         """
9002         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9003
9004     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9005         """
9006         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9007
9008         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9009         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9010         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9011         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9012         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9013
9014         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9015         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9016         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9017         this.
9018         """
9019         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9020
9021     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9022     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9023         """
9024         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9025
9026         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9027         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9028         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9029         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9030         to the default background colour.
9031
9032         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9033         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9034         calling this function.
9035
9036         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9037         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9038         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9039         applications on the system.
9040         """
9041         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9042
9043     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9044         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9045         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9046
9047     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9048         """
9049         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9050
9051         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9052         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9053         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9054         not be used at all.
9055         """
9056         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9057
9058     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9059         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9060         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9061
9062     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9063         """
9064         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9065
9066         Returns the background colour of the window.
9067         """
9068         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9069
9070     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9071         """
9072         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9073
9074         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9075         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9076         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9077         """
9078         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9079
9080     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9081         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9082         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9083
9084     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9085         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9086         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9087
9088     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9089         """
9090         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9091
9092         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9093         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9094
9095             ======================  ========================================
9096             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9097                                     be determined by the system
9098             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9099             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9100                                     application.
9101             ======================  ========================================
9102
9103         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9104         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9105         no effect on other platforms.
9106
9107         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9108         """
9109         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9110
9111     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9112         """
9113         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9114
9115         Returns the background style of the window.
9116
9117         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9118         """
9119         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9120
9121     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9122         """
9123         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9124
9125         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9126         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9127         background.
9128
9129         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9130         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9131         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9132         correctly.
9133         """
9134         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9135
9136     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9137         """
9138         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9139
9140         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9141         for the children of the window implicitly.
9142
9143         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9144         be reset back to default.
9145         """
9146         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9147
9148     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9149         """
9150         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9151
9152         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9153         """
9154         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9155
9156     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9157         """
9158         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9159
9160         Sets the font for this window.
9161         """
9162         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9163
9164     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9165         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9166         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9167
9168     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9169         """
9170         GetFont(self) -> Font
9171
9172         Returns the default font used for this window.
9173         """
9174         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9175
9176     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9177         """
9178         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9179
9180         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """
9186         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9187
9188         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9189         """
9190         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9191
9192     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9193         """
9194         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9195
9196         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9197         """
9198         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9199
9200     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9201         """
9202         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9203
9204         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9205         """
9206         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9207
9208     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9209         """
9210         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9211
9212         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9213         """
9214         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9215
9216     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9217         """
9218         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9219            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9220
9221         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9222         current or specified font.
9223         """
9224         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9225
9226     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9227         """
9228         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9229
9230         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9231         """
9232         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9233
9234     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9235         """
9236         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9237
9238         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9239         """
9240         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9241
9242     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9243         """
9244         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9245
9246         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9247         """
9248         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9249
9250     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9251         """
9252         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9253
9254         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9255         """
9256         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9257
9258     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9259         """
9260         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9261
9262         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9263         """
9264         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9265
9266     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9267         """
9268         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9269
9270         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9271         """
9272         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9273
9274     def GetBorder(*args):
9275         """
9276         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9277         GetBorder(self) -> int
9278
9279         Get border for the flags of this window
9280         """
9281         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9282
9283     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9286
9287         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9288         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9289         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9290         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9291         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9292         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9293         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9294         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9295         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9296         in idle time.
9297         """
9298         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9299
9300     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9301         """
9302         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9303
9304         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9305         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9306         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9307         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9308         mouse cursor will be used.
9309         """
9310         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9311
9312     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9313         """
9314         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9315
9316         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9317         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9318         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9319         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9320         mouse cursor will be used.
9321         """
9322         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9323
9324     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9325         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9326         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         GetHandle(self) -> long
9331
9332         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9333         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9334         toplevel parent of the window.
9335         """
9336         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9337
9338     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9339         """
9340         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9341
9342         Associate the window with a new native handle
9343         """
9344         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9345
9346     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9347         """
9348         DissociateHandle(self)
9349
9350         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9351         """
9352         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9353
9354     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9355         """
9356         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9357
9358         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9359         """
9360         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9361
9362     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9363         """
9364         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9365             bool refresh=True)
9366
9367         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9368         """
9369         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9370
9371     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9372         """
9373         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9374
9375         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9376         """
9377         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9380         """
9381         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9382
9383         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9384         """
9385         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9386
9387     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9388         """
9389         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9390
9391         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9392         """
9393         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9394
9395     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9396         """
9397         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9398
9399         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9400         """
9401         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9402
9403     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9404         """
9405         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9406
9407         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9408         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9409         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9410         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9411         """
9412         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9413
9414     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9415         """
9416         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9417
9418         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9419         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9420         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9421         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9422         """
9423         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9424
9425     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9426         """
9427         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9428
9429         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9430         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9431         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9432         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9433         """
9434         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9435
9436     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9437         """
9438         LineUp(self) -> bool
9439
9440         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9441         """
9442         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9443
9444     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9445         """
9446         LineDown(self) -> bool
9447
9448         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9449         """
9450         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9451
9452     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9453         """
9454         PageUp(self) -> bool
9455
9456         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         PageDown(self) -> bool
9463
9464         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9465         """
9466         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9467
9468     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9469         """
9470         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9471
9472         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9473         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9474         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9475         """
9476         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9477
9478     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9479         """
9480         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9481
9482         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9483         one.
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9488         """
9489         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9490
9491         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9492
9493         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9494         and this method should return the global window help text then
9495
9496         """
9497         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9498
9499     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9500         """
9501         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9502
9503         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9504         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9505         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9506         """
9507         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9508
9509     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9510         """
9511         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9512
9513         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9514         """
9515         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9516
9517     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9518         """
9519         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9520
9521         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9522         """
9523         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9524
9525     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9526         """
9527         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9528
9529         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9530         """
9531         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9532
9533     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9534         """
9535         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9536
9537         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9538         a drop target, it is deleted.
9539         """
9540         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9541
9542     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9543         """
9544         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9545
9546         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9547         """
9548         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9549
9550     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9551         """
9552         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9553
9554         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9555         Only functional on Windows.
9556         """
9557         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9558
9559     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9560         """
9561         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9562
9563         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9564         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9565         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9566         constraints.
9567
9568         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9569         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9570         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9571         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9572         effect.
9573         """
9574         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9575
9576     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9577         """
9578         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9579
9580         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9581         are none.
9582         """
9583         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9584
9585     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9586         """
9587         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9588
9589         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9590         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9591         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9592         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9593
9594         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9595         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9596         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9597         """
9598         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9599
9600     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9601         """
9602         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9603
9604         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9605         """
9606         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9607
9608     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9609         """
9610         Layout(self) -> bool
9611
9612         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9613         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9614         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9615         handler when the window is resized.
9616         """
9617         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9618
9619     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9620         """
9621         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9622
9623         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9624         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9625         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9626         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9627         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9628         non-None, and False otherwise.
9629         """
9630         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9631
9632     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9633         """
9634         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9635
9636         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9637         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9638         """
9639         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9640
9641     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9642         """
9643         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9644
9645         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9646         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9647         """
9648         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9653
9654         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9655         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9656         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9657         """
9658         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9659
9660     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9661         """
9662         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9663
9664         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9665         """
9666         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9667
9668     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9669         """
9670         InheritAttributes(self)
9671
9672         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9673         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9674         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9675         colours.
9676
9677         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9678         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9679         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9680         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9681         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9682         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9683         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9684         no matter what and only the font might.
9685
9686         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9687         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9688         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9689         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9690         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9691         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9692         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9693         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9694         parents attributes.
9695
9696         """
9697         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9698
9699     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9700         """
9701         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9702
9703         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9704         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9705         from the parent window.
9706
9707         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9708         wxControl where it returns true.
9709         """
9710         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9711
9712     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9713         """
9714         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9715
9716         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9717         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9718         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9719         possible to set the transparency.
9720
9721         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9722         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9723         as xcompmgr) running.
9724         """
9725         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9728         """
9729         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9730
9731         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9732         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9733         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9734         opaque.
9735         """
9736         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9737
9738     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9739         """
9740         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9741         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9742         """
9743         self.this = pre.this
9744         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9745         pre.thisown = 0
9746         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9747             self._setOORInfo(self)
9748         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9749             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9750
9751     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9752         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9753
9754     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
9755     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
9756     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
9757     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
9758     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
9759     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
9760     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
9761     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
9762     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
9763     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
9764     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
9765     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
9766     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
9767     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
9768     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
9769     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
9770     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
9771     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
9772     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
9773     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
9774     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
9775     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
9776     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
9777     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
9778     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
9779     FullTextExtent = property(GetFullTextExtent,doc="See `GetFullTextExtent`")
9780     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
9781     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
9782     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
9783     HelpTextAtPoint = property(GetHelpTextAtPoint,doc="See `GetHelpTextAtPoint`")
9784     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
9785     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
9786     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
9787     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
9788     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
9789     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
9790     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
9791     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
9792     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
9793     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
9794     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
9795     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
9796     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
9797     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
9798     ScrollPos = property(GetScrollPos,SetScrollPos,doc="See `GetScrollPos` and `SetScrollPos`")
9799     ScrollRange = property(GetScrollRange,doc="See `GetScrollRange`")
9800     ScrollThumb = property(GetScrollThumb,doc="See `GetScrollThumb`")
9801     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
9802     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
9803     TextExtent = property(GetTextExtent,doc="See `GetTextExtent`")
9804     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
9805     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
9806     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
9807     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
9808     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
9809     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
9810     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
9811     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
9812     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
9813 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9814
9815 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9816     """
9817     PreWindow() -> Window
9818
9819     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9820     """
9821     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9822     return val
9823
9824 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9825   """
9826     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9827
9828     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9829     """
9830   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9831
9832 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9833   """
9834     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9835
9836     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9837     autogenerated) id
9838     """
9839   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9840
9841 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9842   """
9843     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9844
9845     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9846     autogenerated) id
9847     """
9848   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9851   """
9852     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9853
9854     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9855     or None.
9856     """
9857   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9858
9859 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9860   """
9861     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9862
9863     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9864     """
9865   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9866
9867 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9868   """
9869     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9870
9871     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9872     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9873     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9874     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9875     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9876
9877     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9878     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9879     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9880     this.
9881     """
9882   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9883
9884 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9885     """
9886     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9887     dialog units to pixel units.
9888     """
9889     if y is None:
9890         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9891     else:
9892         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9893
9894 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9895     """
9896     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9897     dialog units to pixel units.
9898     """
9899     if height is None:
9900         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9901     else:
9902         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9903
9904
9905 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9906   """
9907     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9908
9909     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9910     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9911     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9912     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9913     """
9914   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9915
9916 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9917   """
9918     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9919
9920     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9921     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9922     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9923     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9924     cases.
9925
9926     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9927     """
9928   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9929
9930 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9931   """
9932     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9933
9934     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9935     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9936     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9937     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9938     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9939     """
9940   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9941
9942 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9943   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9944   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9945
9946 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9947   """
9948     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9949
9950     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9951     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9952     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9953     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9954
9955     """
9956   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9957 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9958
9959 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9960     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9961     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9962     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9963     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9964         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9965         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9966         self._setOORInfo(self)
9967
9968     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9970         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9974         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9978         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9979
9980     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9981         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9982         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9986         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9990         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9994         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9997     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9998         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9999         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10000
10001     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10002 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10003
10004 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10005   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10006   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10007
10008 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10009   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10010   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10011
10012 class PyValidator(Validator):
10013     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10014     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10015     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10016     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10017         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10018         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10019
10020         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10021         self._setOORInfo(self)
10022
10023     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10025         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10028
10029 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10030
10031 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10032     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10036         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10037         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10038         self._setOORInfo(self)
10039
10040     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10041         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10042         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10043
10044     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10045         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10046         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10047
10048     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10049         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10050         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10051
10052     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10053         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10054         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10055
10056     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10057         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10058         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10059
10060     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10061         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10062         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10063
10064     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10065         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10066         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10067
10068     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10069         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10070         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10071
10072     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10073         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10074         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10075
10076     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10077         """Break(self)"""
10078         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10079
10080     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10081         """
10082         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
10083             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10084         """
10085         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10086
10087     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10088         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10089         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10090
10091     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10092         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10093         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10096         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10097         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10098
10099     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10100         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10101         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10105         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10106
10107     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10108         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10109         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10113         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10114
10115     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10116         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10117         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10121         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10122
10123     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10124         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10125         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10128         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10129         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10130
10131     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10132         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10133         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10136         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10137         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10138
10139     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10140         """
10141         Destroy(self)
10142
10143         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10144         """
10145         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10146         args[0].thisown = 0
10147         return val
10148
10149     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10150         """
10151         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10152
10153         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10154         """
10155         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10156         args[0].thisown = 0
10157         return val
10158
10159     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10160         """
10161         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10162
10163         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10164         """
10165         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10166         args[0].thisown = 0
10167         return val
10168
10169     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10170         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10171         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10172
10173     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10174         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10175         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10176
10177     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10179         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10183         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10187         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10188
10189     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10190         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10191         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10192
10193     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10194         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10195         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10196
10197     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10198         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10199         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10202         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10203         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10207         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10208
10209     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10210         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10211         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10212
10213     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10214         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10215         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10216
10217     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10218         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10219         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10223         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10224
10225     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10226         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10227         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10228
10229     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10230         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10231         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10232
10233     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10234         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10235         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10236
10237     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10238         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10239         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10240
10241     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10242         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10243         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10244
10245     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10246         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10247         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10248
10249     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10250         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10251         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10252
10253     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10254         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10255         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10256
10257     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10258         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10259         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10260
10261     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10262         """Detach(self)"""
10263         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10264
10265     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10266         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10267         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10268
10269     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10270         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10271         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10272
10273     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10274         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10275         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10276
10277 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10278 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10279
10280 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10281
10282 class MenuBar(Window):
10283     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10284     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10285     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10286     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10287         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10288         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10289         self._setOORInfo(self)
10290
10291     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10292         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10293         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10294
10295     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10296         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10297         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10298
10299     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10300         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10301         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10302
10303     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10304         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10305         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10306
10307     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10308         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10309         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10310
10311     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10312         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10313         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10314
10315     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10316         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10317         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10318
10319     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10320         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10321         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10322
10323     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10325         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10328         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10329         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10330
10331     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10332         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10333         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10334
10335     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10336         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10337         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10340         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10341         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10342
10343     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10344         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10345         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10346
10347     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10348         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10349         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10350
10351     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10352         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10353         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10354
10355     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10356         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10357         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10358
10359     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10360         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10361         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10362
10363     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10364         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10365         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10366
10367     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10368         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10369         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10370
10371     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10372         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10373         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10374
10375     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10376         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10377         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10378
10379     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10380         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10381         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10382
10383     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10384         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10385         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10386
10387     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10388         """Detach(self)"""
10389         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10390
10391     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10392         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10393         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10394
10395     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10396         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10397         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10398
10399     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10400     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10401         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10402         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10403
10404     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10405 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10406
10407 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10408   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10409   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10410
10411 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10412   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10413   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10414
10415 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10416
10417 class MenuItem(Object):
10418     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10419     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10420     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10421     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10422         """
10423         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10424             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10425             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10426         """
10427         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10428     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10429     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10430     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10432         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10436         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10440         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10444         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10448         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10452         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10456         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10460         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10464         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10467     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10468         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10469         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10470
10471     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10472         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10473         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10474
10475     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10476         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10477         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10478
10479     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10480         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10481         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10482
10483     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10484         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10485         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10486
10487     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10488         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10489         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10490
10491     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10492         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10493         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10494
10495     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10496         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10497         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10498
10499     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10500         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10501         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10502
10503     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10504         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10505         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10508         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10509         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10510
10511     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10512         """Toggle(self)"""
10513         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10517         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10518
10519     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10521         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10522
10523     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10524         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10525         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10526
10527     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10528         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10529         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10530
10531     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10532         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10533         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10534
10535     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10536         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10537         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10538
10539     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10540         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10541         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10542
10543     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10544         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10545         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10546
10547     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10548         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10549         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10550
10551     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10552         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10553         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10554
10555     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10556         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10557         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10558
10559     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10560         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10561         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10562
10563     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10564         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10565         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10566
10567     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10568         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10569         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10570
10571     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10572         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10573         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10574
10575     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10576         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10577         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10578
10579     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10580         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10581         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10582
10583     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10584         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10585         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10586
10587     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10588     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10589         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10590         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10591
10592     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10593         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10594         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10595
10596     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10597         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10598         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10599
10600 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10601
10602 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10603   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10604   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10605
10606 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10607   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10608   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10609
10610 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10611
10612 class Control(Window):
10613     """
10614     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10615
10616     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10617     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10618     """
10619     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10620     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10621     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10622         """
10623         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10624             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10625             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10626
10627         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10628         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10629         """
10630         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10631         self._setOORInfo(self)
10632
10633     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10634         """
10635         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10636             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10637             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10638
10639         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10640         """
10641         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10642
10643     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10644         """
10645         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10646
10647         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10648         """
10649         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10650
10651     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10652         """
10653         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10654
10655         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10656         """
10657         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10658
10659     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10660         """
10661         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10662
10663         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10664
10665         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10666
10667         """
10668         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10669
10670     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10671         """
10672         GetLabel(self) -> String
10673
10674         Return a control's text.
10675         """
10676         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10677
10678     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10679         """
10680         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10681
10682         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10683         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10684         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10685         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10686         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10687
10688         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10689         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10690         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10691         this.
10692         """
10693         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10694
10695     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10696     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
10697     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10698     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
10699 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10700 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10701
10702 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10703     """
10704     PreControl() -> Control
10705
10706     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10707     """
10708     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10709     return val
10710
10711 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10712   """
10713     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10714
10715     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10716     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10717     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10718     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10719     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10720
10721     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10722     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10723     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10724     this.
10725     """
10726   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10727
10728 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10729
10730 class ItemContainer(object):
10731     """
10732     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10733     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10734     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10735     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10736     this one.
10737
10738     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10739     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10740     all conform to the same interface.
10741
10742     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10743     optionally, client data associated with them.
10744
10745     """
10746     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10747     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10748     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10749     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """
10751         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10752
10753         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10754         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10755         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10756         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10757         """
10758         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10759
10760     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10761         """
10762         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10763
10764         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10765         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10766         need to add a lot of items.
10767         """
10768         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10769
10770     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """
10772         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10773
10774         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10775         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10776         """
10777         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10778
10779     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10780         """
10781         Clear(self)
10782
10783         Removes all items from the control.
10784         """
10785         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10786
10787     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10788         """
10789         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10790
10791         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10792         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10793         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10794         than the number of items in the control.
10795         """
10796         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10797
10798     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10799         """
10800         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10801
10802         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10803         """
10804         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10805
10806     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """
10808         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10809
10810         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10811         """
10812         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10813
10814     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """
10816         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10817
10818         Returns the number of items in the control.
10819         """
10820         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10821
10822     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10823         """
10824         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10825
10826         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10827         """
10828         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """
10832         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10833
10834         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10835         """
10836         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10840         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """
10844         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10845
10846         Sets the label for the given item.
10847         """
10848         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10851         """
10852         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10853
10854         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10855         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10856         found.
10857         """
10858         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10859
10860     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10861         """
10862         SetSelection(self, int n)
10863
10864         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10865         """
10866         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """
10870         GetSelection(self) -> int
10871
10872         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10873         is selected.
10874         """
10875         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10876
10877     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10878         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10879         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10880
10881     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10882         """
10883         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10884
10885         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10886         is selected.
10887         """
10888         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10889
10890     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10891         """
10892         Select(self, int n)
10893
10894         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10895         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10896         """
10897         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10900
10901 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10902
10903 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10904     """
10905     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10906     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10907     that have items.
10908     """
10909     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10910     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10911     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10912 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10913
10914 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10915
10916 class SizerItem(Object):
10917     """
10918     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10919     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10920     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10921     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10922     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10923     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10924     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10925     layout.
10926
10927     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10928     """
10929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10931     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10932         """
10933         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10934
10935         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10936         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10937
10938         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10939         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10940         methods are called.
10941
10942         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10943         """
10944         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10945     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10946     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10947     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10948         """
10949         DeleteWindows(self)
10950
10951         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10952         of item.
10953         """
10954         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10955
10956     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10957         """
10958         DetachSizer(self)
10959
10960         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10961         """
10962         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10963
10964     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10965         """
10966         GetSize(self) -> Size
10967
10968         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10969         """
10970         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10971
10972     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10973         """
10974         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10975
10976         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10977         needed by borders.
10978         """
10979         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10980
10981     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10982         """
10983         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10984
10985         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10986         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10987         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10988         account.
10989         """
10990         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10991
10992     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10993         """
10994         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10995
10996         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10997         """
10998         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10999
11000     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11001         """
11002         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11003
11004         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11005         added, if needed.
11006         """
11007         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11008
11009     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11010         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11011         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11012
11013     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11014         """
11015         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11016
11017         Set the ratio item attribute.
11018         """
11019         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11020
11021     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11022         """
11023         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11024
11025         Set the ratio item attribute.
11026         """
11027         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11028
11029     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11030         """
11031         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11032
11033         Set the ratio item attribute.
11034         """
11035         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11036
11037     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11038         """
11039         GetRatio(self) -> float
11040
11041         Set the ratio item attribute.
11042         """
11043         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11044
11045     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11046         """
11047         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11048
11049         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11050         """
11051         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11052
11053     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11054         """
11055         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11056
11057         Is this sizer item a window?
11058         """
11059         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11060
11061     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11062         """
11063         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11064
11065         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11066         """
11067         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11068
11069     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11070         """
11071         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11072
11073         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11074         """
11075         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11076
11077     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11078         """
11079         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11080
11081         Set the proportion value for this item.
11082         """
11083         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11084
11085     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11086         """
11087         GetProportion(self) -> int
11088
11089         Get the proportion value for this item.
11090         """
11091         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11092
11093     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11094     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11095     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11096         """
11097         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11098
11099         Set the flag value for this item.
11100         """
11101         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11102
11103     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11104         """
11105         GetFlag(self) -> int
11106
11107         Get the flag value for this item.
11108         """
11109         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11110
11111     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11112         """
11113         SetBorder(self, int border)
11114
11115         Set the border value for this item.
11116         """
11117         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11118
11119     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11120         """
11121         GetBorder(self) -> int
11122
11123         Get the border value for this item.
11124         """
11125         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11126
11127     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11128         """
11129         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11130
11131         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11132         """
11133         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11134
11135     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11136         """
11137         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11138
11139         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11140         """
11141         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11142
11143     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11144         """
11145         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11146
11147         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11148         """
11149         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11150
11151     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11152         """
11153         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11154
11155         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11156         """
11157         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11158
11159     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11160         """
11161         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11162
11163         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11164         """
11165         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11166
11167     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11168         """
11169         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11170
11171         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11172         """
11173         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11174
11175     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11176         """
11177         Show(self, bool show)
11178
11179         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11180         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11181         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11182         """
11183         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11184
11185     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11186         """
11187         IsShown(self) -> bool
11188
11189         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11190         """
11191         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11192
11193     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11194         """
11195         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11196
11197         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11198         """
11199         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11200
11201     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11202         """
11203         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11204
11205         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11206         isn't any.
11207         """
11208         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11209
11210     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11211         """
11212         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11213
11214         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11215         """
11216         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11217
11218 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11219
11220 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11221     """
11222     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11223         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11224
11225     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11226     """
11227     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11228     return val
11229
11230 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11231     """
11232     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11233         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11234
11235     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11236     """
11237     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11238     return val
11239
11240 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11241     """
11242     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11243         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11244
11245     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11246     """
11247     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11248     return val
11249
11250 class Sizer(Object):
11251     """
11252     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11253     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11254     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11255     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11256     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11257
11258     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11259     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11260     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11261     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11262     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11263     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11264     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11265     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11266     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11267     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11268     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11269     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11270     compared to a real window on screen.
11271
11272     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11273     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11274     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11275     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11276     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11277     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11278     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11279     """
11280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11281     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11283     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11284     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11285     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11286         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11287         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11288
11289     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11290         """
11291         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11292             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11293
11294         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11295         """
11296         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11297
11298     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11299         """
11300         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11301             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11302
11303         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11304         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11305         """
11306         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """
11310         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11311             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11312
11313         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11314         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11315         """
11316         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11317
11318     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11319         """
11320         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11321
11322         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11323         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11324         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11325         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11326         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11327         and removed.
11328         """
11329         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11330
11331     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11332         """
11333         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11334
11335         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11336         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11337         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11338         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11339         was found and detached.
11340         """
11341         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11342
11343     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11344         """
11345         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11346
11347         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11348         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11349         the item to be found.
11350         """
11351         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11352
11353     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11354         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11355         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11358         """
11359         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11360
11361         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11362         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11363         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11364         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11365         """
11366         if len(args) == 2:
11367             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11368             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11369         else:
11370             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11371
11372     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11373         """
11374         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11375
11376         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11377         """
11378         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11379
11380     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11381         """
11382         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11383
11384         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11385         """
11386         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11389         """
11390         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11391
11392         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11393         """
11394         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11395
11396     def AddMany(self, items):
11397         """
11398         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11399         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11400         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11401         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11402         """
11403         for item in items:
11404             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11405                 item = (item, )
11406             self.Add(*item)
11407
11408     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11409     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11410         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11411         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11412     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11413         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11414         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11415     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11416         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11417         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11418
11419     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11420         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11421         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11422     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11423         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11424         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11425     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11426         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11427         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11428
11429     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11430         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11431         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11432     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11433         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11434         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11435     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11436         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11437         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11438
11439     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11440         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11441         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11442     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11443         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11444         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11445     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11446         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11447         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11448
11449
11450     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11453
11454         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11455         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11456         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11457         methods.
11458         """
11459         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11460
11461     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11462         """
11463         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11464
11465         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11466         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11467         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11468         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11469         here, depending on which is bigger.
11470         """
11471         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11472
11473     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11474         """
11475         GetSize(self) -> Size
11476
11477         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11478         """
11479         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11480
11481     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11482         """
11483         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11484
11485         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11486         """
11487         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11488
11489     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11490         """
11491         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11492
11493         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11494         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11495         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11496         """
11497         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11498
11499     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11500         return self.GetSize().Get()
11501     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11502         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11503     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11504         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11505
11506     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11507         """
11508         RecalcSizes(self)
11509
11510         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11511         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11512         it is called by `Layout`.
11513         """
11514         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11515
11516     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11517         """
11518         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11519
11520         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11521         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11522         it is called by `Layout`.
11523         """
11524         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11525
11526     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11527         """
11528         Layout(self)
11529
11530         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11531         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11532         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11533         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11534         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11535         removed.
11536         """
11537         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11538
11539     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11540         """
11541         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11542
11543         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11544         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11545         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11546         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11547
11548         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11549         """
11550         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11551
11552     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11553         """
11554         FitInside(self, Window window)
11555
11556         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11557         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11558         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11559         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11560
11561         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11562
11563         """
11564         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11565
11566     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11567         """
11568         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11569
11570         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11571         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11572         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11573         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11574         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11575         required by the sizer.
11576         """
11577         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11578
11579     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11580         """
11581         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11582
11583         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11584         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11585         this will set them appropriately.
11586
11587         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11588
11589         """
11590         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11591
11592     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11593         """
11594         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11595
11596         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11597         as well.
11598         """
11599         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11600
11601     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11602         """
11603         DeleteWindows(self)
11604
11605         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11606         """
11607         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11608
11609     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11610         """
11611         GetChildren(self) -> list
11612
11613         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11614         """
11615         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11616
11617     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11618         """
11619         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11620
11621         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11622         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11623         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11624         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11625         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11626         """
11627         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11628
11629     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11630         """
11631         IsShown(self, item)
11632
11633         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11634         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11635         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11636         the item.
11637         """
11638         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11639
11640     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11641         """
11642         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11643         """
11644         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11645
11646     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11647         """
11648         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11649
11650         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11651         """
11652         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11653
11654 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11655
11656 class PySizer(Sizer):
11657     """
11658     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11659     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11660     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11661     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11662     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11663     For example::
11664
11665         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11666              def __init__(self):
11667                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11668
11669              def CalcMin(self):
11670                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11671                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11672                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11673                       # layout algorithm.
11674                       ...
11675                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11676
11677               def RecalcSizes(self):
11678                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11679                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11680                   size = self.GetSize()
11681                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11682                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11683                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11684                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11685                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11686                       ...
11687                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11688
11689
11690     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11691     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11692     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11693
11694     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11695
11696
11697     """
11698     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11699     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11700     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11701         """
11702         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11703
11704         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11705         class.
11706         """
11707         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11708         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11709
11710     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11711         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11712         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11713
11714 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11715
11716 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11717
11718 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11719     """
11720     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11721     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11722     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11723     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11724     parameter passed to the constructor.
11725     """
11726     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11727     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11728     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11729         """
11730         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11731
11732         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11733         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11734         sizer.
11735         """
11736         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11737         self._setOORInfo(self)
11738
11739     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11740         """
11741         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11742
11743         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11744         """
11745         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11746
11747     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11748         """
11749         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11750
11751         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11752         """
11753         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11754
11755     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
11756 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11757
11758 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11759
11760 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11761     """
11762     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11763     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11764     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11765     passed to the sizer constructor.
11766     """
11767     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11768     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11769     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11770         """
11771         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11772
11773         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11774         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11775         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11776         """
11777         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11778         self._setOORInfo(self)
11779
11780     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11781         """
11782         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11783
11784         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11785         """
11786         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11787
11788 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11789
11790 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11791
11792 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11793     """
11794     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11795     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11796     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11797     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11798     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11799     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11800
11801     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11802     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11803     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11804     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11805     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11806     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11807
11808     """
11809     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11810     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11811     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11812         """
11813         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11814
11815         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11816         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11817         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11818         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11819         define extra space between all children.
11820         """
11821         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11822         self._setOORInfo(self)
11823
11824     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11825         """
11826         SetCols(self, int cols)
11827
11828         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11829         """
11830         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11831
11832     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11833         """
11834         SetRows(self, int rows)
11835
11836         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11837         """
11838         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11839
11840     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11841         """
11842         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11843
11844         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11845         """
11846         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11847
11848     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11849         """
11850         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11851
11852         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11853         """
11854         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11855
11856     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11857         """
11858         GetCols(self) -> int
11859
11860         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11861         """
11862         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11863
11864     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """
11866         GetRows(self) -> int
11867
11868         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11869         """
11870         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11871
11872     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11873         """
11874         GetVGap(self) -> int
11875
11876         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11877         """
11878         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11879
11880     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11881         """
11882         GetHGap(self) -> int
11883
11884         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11885         """
11886         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11887
11888     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11889         """
11890         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11891
11892         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11893         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11894         in the constructor.
11895         """
11896         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11897         rows = self.GetRows()
11898         cols = self.GetCols()
11899         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11900         if cols != 0:
11901             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11902         elif rows != 0:
11903             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11904         return (rows, cols)
11905
11906 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11907
11908 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11909
11910 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11911 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11912 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11913 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11914     """
11915     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11916     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11917     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11918     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11919     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11920
11921     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11922     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11923     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11924     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11925     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11926     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11927
11928
11929     """
11930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11933         """
11934         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11935
11936         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11937         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11938         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11939         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11940         define extra space between all children.
11941         """
11942         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11943         self._setOORInfo(self)
11944
11945     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11946         """
11947         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11948
11949         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11950         is extra space available to the sizer.
11951
11952         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11953         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11954         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11955         """
11956         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11957
11958     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11959         """
11960         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11961
11962         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11963         """
11964         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11965
11966     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11967         """
11968         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11969
11970         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11971         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11972
11973         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11974         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11975         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11976         """
11977         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11978
11979     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """
11981         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11982
11983         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11984         """
11985         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """
11989         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11990
11991         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11992         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11993         other value is ignored.
11994
11995             ==============    =======================================
11996             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11997             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11998             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11999                               (this is the default value).
12000             ==============    =======================================
12001
12002         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12003
12004         """
12005         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12006
12007     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12010
12011         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12012         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12013
12014         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12015         """
12016         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12017
12018     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12019         """
12020         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12021
12022         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12023         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12024         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12025
12026             ==========================  =================================================
12027             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12028             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12029                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12030                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12031                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12032             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12033                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12034                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12035             ==========================  =================================================
12036
12037         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12038
12039
12040         """
12041         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12042
12043     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12044         """
12045         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12046
12047         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12048         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12049
12050         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12051         """
12052         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12053
12054     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12055         """
12056         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12057
12058         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12059         rows in the sizer.
12060         """
12061         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12062
12063     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12064         """
12065         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12066
12067         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12068         columns in the sizer.
12069         """
12070         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12071
12072 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12073
12074 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12075     """
12076     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12077     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12078     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12079     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12080     will take care of the rest.
12081
12082     """
12083     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12084     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12085     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12086         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12087         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12088     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12089         """
12090         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12091
12092         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12093         method in the base class.
12094         """
12095         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12096
12097     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12098         """
12099         Realize(self)
12100
12101         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12102         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12103         specifc manner.
12104         """
12105         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12106
12107     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12108         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12109         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12110
12111     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12112         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12113         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12114
12115     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12116         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12117         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12118
12119     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12120         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12121         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12122
12123     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12124         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12125         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12126
12127     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12128         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12129         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12130
12131     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12132         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12133         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12134
12135     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12136         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12137         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12138
12139 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12140
12141 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12142
12143 class GBPosition(object):
12144     """
12145     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12146     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12147     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12148     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12149     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12150     """
12151     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12152     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12153     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12154         """
12155         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12156
12157         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12158         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12159         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12160         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12161         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12162         """
12163         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12164     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12165     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12166     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12167         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12168         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12169
12170     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12171         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12172         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12173
12174     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12175         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12176         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12177
12178     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12179         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12180         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12181
12182     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12183         """
12184         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12185
12186         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12187         """
12188         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12189
12190     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12191         """
12192         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12193
12194         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12195         """
12196         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12197
12198     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12199         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12200         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12201
12202     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12203         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12204         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12205
12206     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12207     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12208     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12209     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12210     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12211     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12212         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12213         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12214         else: raise IndexError
12215     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12216     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12217     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12218
12219     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12220     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12221
12222 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12223
12224 class GBSpan(object):
12225     """
12226     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12227     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12228     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12229     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12230     nearly transparently in Python code.
12231
12232     """
12233     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12234     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12235     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12236         """
12237         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12238
12239         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12240         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12241         cell in each direction.
12242         """
12243         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12244     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12245     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12246     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12247         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12248         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12249
12250     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12251         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12252         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12253
12254     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12255         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12256         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12257
12258     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12259         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12260         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12261
12262     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12263         """
12264         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12265
12266         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12267         """
12268         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12269
12270     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12271         """
12272         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12273
12274         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12275         """
12276         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12277
12278     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12279         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12280         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12281
12282     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12283         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12284         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12285
12286     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12287     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12288     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12289     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12290     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12291     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12292         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12293         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12294         else: raise IndexError
12295     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12296     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12297     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12298
12299     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12300     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12301
12302 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12303
12304 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12305     """
12306     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12307     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12308     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12309
12310     """
12311     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12312     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12313     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12314         """
12315         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12316
12317         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12318         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12319         item can be used in a Sizer.
12320
12321         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12322         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12323         """
12324         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12325     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12326     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12327     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12328         """
12329         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12330
12331         Get the grid position of the item
12332         """
12333         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12334
12335     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12336     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12337         """
12338         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12339
12340         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12341         """
12342         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12343
12344     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12345     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12346         """
12347         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12348
12349         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12350         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12351         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12352         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12353         """
12354         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12355
12356     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12357         """
12358         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12359
12360         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12361         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12362         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12363         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12364
12365         """
12366         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12367
12368     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12369         """
12370         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12371
12372         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12373         """
12374         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12375
12376     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12377         """
12378         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12379
12380         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12381         """
12382         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12383
12384     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12385         """
12386         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12387
12388         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12389         """
12390         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12391
12392     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12393         """
12394         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12395
12396         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12397         """
12398         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12399
12400     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12401         """
12402         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12403
12404         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12405         """
12406         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12407
12408 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12409 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12410
12411 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12412     """
12413     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12414         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12415
12416     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12417     """
12418     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12419     return val
12420
12421 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12422     """
12423     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12424         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12425
12426     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12427     """
12428     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12429     return val
12430
12431 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12432     """
12433     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12434         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12435
12436     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12437     """
12438     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12439     return val
12440
12441 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12442     """
12443     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12444     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12445     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12446     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12447     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12448     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12449
12450     """
12451     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12452     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12453     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12454         """
12455         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12456
12457         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12458         rows and columns.
12459         """
12460         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12461         self._setOORInfo(self)
12462
12463     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12464         """
12465         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12466         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12467
12468         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12469         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12470         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12471
12472         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12473         position, False if something was already there.
12474
12475         """
12476         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """
12480         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12481
12482         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12483         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12484         something was already there.
12485         """
12486         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12487
12488     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12489         """
12490         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12491
12492         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12493         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12494         """
12495         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """
12499         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12500
12501         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12502         """
12503         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """
12507         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12508
12509         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12510         """
12511         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12514         """
12515         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12516
12517         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12518         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12519         index of an item.
12520         """
12521         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12522
12523     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12524         """
12525         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12526
12527         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12528         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12529         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12530         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12531
12532         """
12533         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12534
12535     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12536         """
12537         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12538
12539         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12540         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12541         zero-based index of an item.
12542         """
12543         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12544
12545     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12546         """
12547         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12548
12549         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12550         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12551         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12552         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12553         """
12554         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12555
12556     def FindItem(*args):
12557         """
12558         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12559
12560         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12561         not found. (non-recursive)
12562         """
12563         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12564
12565     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12566         """
12567         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12568
12569         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12570         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12571         """
12572         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12573
12574     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12575         """
12576         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12577
12578         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12579         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12580         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12581         layout. (non-recursive)
12582         """
12583         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """
12587         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12588
12589         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12590         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12591         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12592         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12593         position of.
12594
12595         """
12596         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12597
12598     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12599         """
12600         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12601
12602         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12603         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12604         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12605         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12606         position of.
12607         """
12608         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12609
12610 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12611
12612 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12613
12614 Left = _core_.Left
12615 Top = _core_.Top
12616 Right = _core_.Right
12617 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12618 Width = _core_.Width
12619 Height = _core_.Height
12620 Centre = _core_.Centre
12621 Center = _core_.Center
12622 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12623 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12624 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12625 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12626 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12627 Above = _core_.Above
12628 Below = _core_.Below
12629 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12630 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12631 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12632 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12633 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12634     """
12635     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12636     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12637     You will never need to create an instance of
12638     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12639     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12640     that it contains.
12641     """
12642     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12643     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12644     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12645     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12646         """
12647         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12648
12649         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12650         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12651         """
12652         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12653
12654     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12655         """
12656         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12657
12658         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12659         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12660         other window.
12661         """
12662         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12663
12664     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12665         """
12666         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12667
12668         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12669         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12670         other window.
12671         """
12672         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12673
12674     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12675         """
12676         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12677
12678         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12679         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12680         window.
12681         """
12682         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12683
12684     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12685         """
12686         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12687
12688         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12689         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12690         window.
12691         """
12692         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12693
12694     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12695         """
12696         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12697
12698         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12699         given window, with an optional margin.
12700         """
12701         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12702
12703     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12704         """
12705         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12706
12707         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12708         window, with an optional margin.
12709         """
12710         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12711
12712     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12713         """
12714         Absolute(self, int val)
12715
12716         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12717         """
12718         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12719
12720     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12721         """
12722         Unconstrained(self)
12723
12724         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12725         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12726         """
12727         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12728
12729     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12730         """
12731         AsIs(self)
12732
12733         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12734         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12735         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12736         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12737         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12738         button label.
12739         """
12740         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12741
12742     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12743         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12744         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12745
12746     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12747         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12748         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12749
12750     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12751         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12752         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12753
12754     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12755         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12756         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12757
12758     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12759         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12760         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12761
12762     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12763         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12764         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12765
12766     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12767         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12768         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12769
12770     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12771         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12772         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12773
12774     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12775         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12776         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12777
12778     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12779         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12780         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12781
12782     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12783         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12784         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12785
12786     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12787         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12788         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12789
12790     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12791         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12792         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12793
12794     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12795         """
12796         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12797
12798         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12799         """
12800         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12801
12802     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12803         """
12804         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12805
12806         Try to satisfy constraint
12807         """
12808         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12809
12810     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12811         """
12812         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12813
12814         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12815         is not determinable, -1.
12816         """
12817         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12818
12819 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12820
12821 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12822     """
12823     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12824     instead.
12825
12826     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12827     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12828
12829     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12830     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12831     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12832
12833         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12834         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12835         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12836         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12837         * width: represents the width of the window
12838         * height: represents the height of the window
12839         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12840         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12841
12842     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12843     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12844     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12845     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12846     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12847     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12848     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12849
12850     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12851
12852     """
12853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12854     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12855     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12856     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12857     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12858     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12859     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12860     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12861     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12862     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12863     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12864         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12865         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12866     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12867     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12868     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12869         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12870         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12871
12872     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12873         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12874         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12875
12876 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12877
12878 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12879
12880 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12881 try:
12882     True
12883 except NameError:
12884     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12885     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12886     def bool(value): return not not value
12887     __builtins__.bool = bool
12888
12889
12890
12891 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12892 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12893 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12894 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12895
12896
12897 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12898 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12899 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12900
12901 from __version__ import *
12902 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12903
12904 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12905 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12906 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12907     import warnings
12908     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12909
12910 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12911
12912 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12913 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12914 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12915 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12916 #
12917 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12918 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12919 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12920 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12921 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12922 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12923
12924 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12925 if default == 'ascii':
12926     import locale
12927     import codecs
12928     try:
12929         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12930         codecs.lookup(default)
12931     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12932         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12933     del locale
12934     del codecs
12935 if default:
12936     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12937 del default
12938
12939 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12940
12941 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12942     pass
12943
12944 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12945     """
12946     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12947     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12948     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12949     """
12950     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12951     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12952
12953     def __repr__(self):
12954         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12955             self._name = "[unknown]"
12956         return self.reprStr % self._name
12957
12958     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12959         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12960             self._name = "[unknown]"
12961         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12962
12963     def __nonzero__(self):
12964         return 0
12965
12966
12967
12968 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12969     pass
12970
12971 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12972     """
12973     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12974     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12975     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12976     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12977     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12978     is ready.
12979     """
12980
12981     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12982     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12983
12984     def __repr__(self):
12985         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12986         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12987         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12988
12989     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12990         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12991         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12992         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12993
12994     def __nonzero__(self):
12995         return 0
12996
12997
12998 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12999
13000 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13001     """
13002     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13003     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13004     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13005     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13006
13007     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13008     """
13009     app = wx.GetApp()
13010     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13011
13012     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13013         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13014         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13015                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13016     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13017     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13018     evt.callable = callable
13019     evt.args = args
13020     evt.kw = kw
13021     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13022
13023 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13024
13025
13026 class FutureCall:
13027     """
13028     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13029     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13030     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13031     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13032
13033     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13034     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13035     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13036     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13037     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13038     object.
13039
13040     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13041     """
13042     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13043         self.millis = millis
13044         self.callable = callable
13045         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13046         self.runCount = 0
13047         self.running = False
13048         self.hasRun = False
13049         self.result = None
13050         self.timer = None
13051         self.Start()
13052
13053     def __del__(self):
13054         self.Stop()
13055
13056
13057     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13058         """
13059         (Re)start the timer
13060         """
13061         self.hasRun = False
13062         if millis is not None:
13063             self.millis = millis
13064         if args or kwargs:
13065             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13066         self.Stop()
13067         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13068         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13069         self.running = True
13070     Restart = Start
13071
13072
13073     def Stop(self):
13074         """
13075         Stop and destroy the timer.
13076         """
13077         if self.timer is not None:
13078             self.timer.Stop()
13079             self.timer = None
13080
13081
13082     def GetInterval(self):
13083         if self.timer is not None:
13084             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13085         else:
13086             return 0
13087
13088
13089     def IsRunning(self):
13090         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13091
13092
13093     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13094         """
13095         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13096         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13097         new call to the same callable object but with different
13098         parameters.
13099         """
13100         self.args = args
13101         self.kwargs = kwargs
13102
13103
13104     def HasRun(self):
13105         return self.hasRun
13106
13107     def GetResult(self):
13108         return self.result
13109
13110     def Notify(self):
13111         """
13112         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13113         """
13114         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13115             self.runCount += 1
13116             self.running = False
13117             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13118         self.hasRun = True
13119         if not self.running:
13120             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13121             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13122
13123
13124
13125 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13126 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13127 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13128 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13129 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13130 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13131 # where they should be used.
13132
13133 class __DocFilter:
13134     """
13135     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13136     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13137     """
13138     def __init__(self, globals):
13139         self._globals = globals
13140
13141     def __call__(self, name):
13142         import types
13143         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13144
13145         # only document classes and function
13146         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13147             return False
13148
13149         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13150         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13151             return False
13152
13153         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13154         if name.find('_') != -1:
13155             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13156             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13157             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13158                 return False
13159
13160         return True
13161
13162 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13163 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13164
13165 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13166 # "core" wx namespace
13167 from _gdi import *
13168 from _windows import *
13169 from _controls import *
13170 from _misc import *
13171
13172 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13173 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13174
13175
13176